PRODUCT DATA SHEETS CUSTOM COATINGS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS USCOATINGS.COM // St. Louis, Missouri

Size: px
Start display at page:

Download "PRODUCT DATA SHEETS CUSTOM COATINGS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS USCOATINGS.COM // St. Louis, Missouri"

Transcription

1 PRODUCT DATA SHEETS CUSTOM COATINGS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS USCOATINGS.COM // St. Louis, Missouri

2 2 ABOUT U.S. COATINGS We offer a range of solutions designed to fit the needs of our customers. Whether that means coatings, linings or OEM, we have the experience to devise custom applications tailored to the task at hand. We pride ourselves on working closely with our customers to find solutions that work for them, no matter the project.

3 3 TABLE OF CONTENTS ZINC PRIMERS...4 EPOXY PRIMERS & FINISHES...11 POLYURETHANE FINISHES...60 HIGH TEMPERATURE COATINGS...85 ACRYLICS-WATER BASED...96 LININGS ALKYD & SILOXANE COATINGS

4 4 ZINC PRIMERS ZINC PRIMERS

5 ZincGard 1000 Inorganic Zinc Silicate Features Provides outstanding galvanic protection Meets Class B slip co-efficient and creep resistance criteria for use on bolted connection faying surfaces Excellent throwing power High zinc loading Outstanding undercutting resistance VOC Compliant Rapid cure Damage resistant film Very smooth cured film Indefinite recoat window May be used as a pre-construction primer ZincGard 1000 is a spray applied galvanizing, pure zinc coating that provides near permanent corrosion protection of steel as documented by the Federal Highway Administration. This technology has provided 25+ years documented field protection by the Federal Highway Administration. ZincGard 1000 is excellent for application in industrial plants, costal, marine, offshore, and freshwater environments. Used for structural steel, steel tanks, offshore platforms, barges, refineries, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills and other areas as recommended. May also be used untopcoated for long-term corrosion protection as well as a tank lining for solvent immersion service. ZincGard 1000 meets Class B requirements for slip co-efficient and creep resistance as set forth in the Specification for Structural Joints using A325 or A490 Bolts, in accordance with Research Council on Structural Connections, Appendix A. Exceed requirements of SSPC-PS Salt Spray (ASTM B 117) 7200 hours Plane blistering or rusting: none, very slight rust Throwing Power: Protects 2 1/2 inch uncoated area when immersed in synthetic sea salt. Pencil Hardness (1 day high humidity cure): 5H Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794) Direct impact 160 in-lbs. Temperature resistance (dry) Continuous 750 F Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) 2708 psi Theoretical volume solids of mixed material (ASTM D 2697) 75% +2% Theoretical coverage of mixed gal. (1 mil) 1200 sq. ft Zinc in dry film by weight 87% Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 2.8 lbs./gal. 339 g/l Reducer 1 pint/gal. 3.3 lbs./gal. 399 g/l Reducer 1 pint/gal. 3.3 lbs./gal. 399 g/l Reducer 1 pint/gal. 2.8 lbs./gal. 339 g/l As a preconstruction primer Reducer 2 quarts/gal. 4.3 lbs./gal. 520 g/l ZincGard 1000 is applied directly to properly prepared steel as the primer. Direct contact with the steel substrate is required to provide optimal galvanic protection to the underlying steel surface. ZincGard 1000 prevents rusting of steel in a corrosive environment with a ph range of 5 to 9. Splash & Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes Acidic NR Good* Excellent* Alkaline NR Good* Excellent* Solvents Excellent Excellent Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent Excellent NR=Not Recommended *With suitable topcoat Dry film thickness: 2 to 4 mils As a preconstruction primer - Dry film thickness: ¾ mil Wet film thickness: 4 to 6 mils Theoretical Coverage: 400 sq. 3 mils As a preconstruction primer Theoretical Coverage: 1600 sq. ¾ mil Note: Film thickness exceeding 6 mils DFT may result in mudcracking. ZincGard 1000 is a porous primer, which provides galvanic protection of the steel. The porosity must be considered when topcoating ZincGard EpoxyGrip 2000 and UreGrip 3300 are formulated to release the entrapped air in the primer during application. These topcoats are applied by thinning to their maximum recommended level and applying a uniform mist coat approximately 1/3 the recommended thickness. The mist coat is allowed to flash dry at which time the remaining thickness is applied. Consult SSPC-PS Guide 8.00 for topcoating zinc-rich primers. COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS 5 Page 1 of 2

6 6 ZincGard 1000 ZincGard 1000 is supplied as a yellow Part A, which, when mixed with the zinc dust, produces a dark green color contrasting with gray blasted steel. The gloss is a matte finish. Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal. Part A.73 gal gal. ZincGard Filler 16 lbs. 80 lbs. Shipping weights (approx.) ZincGard 1000 kit 24 lbs. 120 lbs. 1 gal. 5 gal. Reducer 1 8 lbs. 40 lbs. Reducer 2 9 lbs. 45 lbs. Reducer 6 8 lbs 40 lbs Flash Point: (Setaflash) Part A 58 F Reducer 1 53 F Reducer F Reducer 6 62 F Shelf Life: 6 months for the Part A and 3 years for the Zinc Filler when stored inside at 40 F to 110 F. Remove oil and grease from the steel surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue, according to SSPC-SP1. Abrasive blast to a Commercial finish per SSPC-SP 6 to obtain a 1-3 mil blast profile. For immersion and high temperature service, abrasive blast to a Near-white finish per SSPC-SP 10 to obtain a 1-3 mil blast profile. Power mix Part A component, then slowly blend ZincGard Filler into the Part A and mix until uniform. Avoid forming a dust cloud while adding powder. Do not mix partial kits. 1 Gal. Kit 5 Gal. Kit ZincGard 1000 Part A.73 gallons 3.65 gallons ZincGard Filler 16 pounds 80 pounds Note: The Part A forms a soft crust on the surface, which is readily dispersed with power mixing. After mixing in the zinc filler, strain through a wire screen or cheesecloth. Thinning is not required for most applications. However ZincGard 1000 may be thinned up to 1 pint/gal. Reducer 1 is recommended for application temperatures below 70 F and Reducer 2 is recommended for application temperatures above 70 F. Reducer 6 is recommended at up to 1 quart/gal for applications requiring 2.8lbs/gal. VOC. For preconstruction primer, thin up to 2 quarts/gal. Material Surface Ambient Minimum 40 F 0 F 0 F Maximum 90 F 110 F 110 F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. ZincGard 1000 should be applied to a dry surface. However, condensation formed after the coating has dried will accelerate the cure. Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC gun with 2E or 704E cap, or a Binks18 gun with a 66SSx67PB nozzle setup having a double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 I.D. minimum material hose, 50 maximum material hose length are recommended. Moisture traps are recommended to keep moisture out of the mixed ZincGard An agitated pressure pot is recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such a Graco s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush and roller: Use medium bristle brush and short nap roller for touchup and small areas only. The following minimum times are based on a 3 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Temperature To Handle To Topcoat 40 F 4 hrs. 3 days 50 F 3 hrs. 2 days 60 F 2 hrs. 1 day 70 F 1 hr. 12 hrs. 80 F 30 min. 6 hrs. 90 F 15 min. 3 hrs. Topcoat times are based on a minimum relative humidity of 50%. Lower humidity conditions required longer cure times. Surface Temperature Immersion* 50 F 7 days 60 F 4 days 70 F 2 days 80 F. 1 day *To achieve complete cure before immersion, the relative humidity is recommended to be above 80% Cleanup with Reducer 1, Reducer 2 or Reducer 6. Eight hours at 75 F and less at higher temperatures. Moisture contamination will reduce the pot-life. Rev. 10/21/16 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of 2 phone ; fax St. Louis, MO

7 ZincGard 1500 Epoxy Zinc-Rich Features High load epoxy zinc primer Provides excellent galvanic protection Meets Class B slip co-efficient and creep resistance criteria for use on bolted connection faying surfaces Excellent undercutting resistance VOC compliant Easy to topcoat Rapid and extended recoat windows Excellent adhesion to hand tool cleaned surfaces (SSPC-SP 11) Typical Uses ZincGard 1500 epoxy zinc rich primer is a rapid recoat primer that provides excellent corrosion protection and undercutting protection. Excellent for use in industrial, coastal, marine and freshwater environments. May be used on structural steel, steel tanks, offshore platforms, barges refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills and other areas as recommended. May also be used to field touch-up inorganic zinc and/or provide galvanic protection for properly prepared steel substrates. Qualifications ZincGard 1500 meets Class B requirements for slip co-efficient and creep resistance as set forth in the Specification for Structural Joints using A325 or A490 Bolts, in accordance with Research Council on Structural Connections, Appendix A. Exceed requirements of SSPC-PS Performance Data Salt Spray (ASTM B 117) 7200 hours Plane blistering or rusting: none Physical Data Abrasion Resistance (ASTM D 4060) 1 kg. Load, 1000 cycles weight loss CS 17 wheel 225 mg Impact Resistance (ASTM D 2794) Direct impact 80 in-lbs. Temperature resistance (dry) Continuous 250 F Non-continuous 300 F Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) 3912 psi Theoretical volume solids of mixed material (ASTM D 2697) 66% +1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gal. (1 mil) 1060 sq. ft Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 2.4 lbs./gal. Reducer 1 pint/gal. 3.3 lbs./gal. Reducer 1 pint/gal. 3.3 lbs./gal. Zinc in dry film 80% Resistance ZincGard 1500 prevents rusting of steel in a corrosive environment with a ph range of 5 to 9. Topcoats should be used for ph beyond these limits. When topcoated, ZincGard 1500 effectively reduces undercutting from a damaged area. The following is a guide to the proper selection: Splash & Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes Acidic NR Good* Excellent* Alkaline NR Good* Excellent* Solvents NR Good* Excellent* Salt water Excellent* Excellent* Excellent* Water Excellent* Excellent* Excellent* NR=Not Recommended *With suitable topcoat Film Thickness (per coat) Dry film thickness: 2 to 4 mils Wet film thickness: 4 to 6 mils Theoretical Coverage: 353 sq. 3 mils Substrates ZincGard 1500 is applied directly to properly prepared steel as the primer. Direct contact with the steel substrate is required to provide optimal galvanic protection to the underlying steel surface. Topcoats ZincGard 1500 is an easy to coat primer using either an epoxy or urethane. EpoxyGrip 2000 is the recommended epoxy topcoat for a two-coat application. EpoxyGrip 2100 can be used as an intermediate coat when added protection is required. UreGrip 3300 is recommended as a direct topcoat to ZincGard UreGrip 3000 is recommended as the final coating over the epoxy or urethane intermediate when a high gloss finish is desired. Color ZincGard 1500 is supplied as a yellow Part A, which, when mixed with the zinc dust, produces a dark green color contrasting with gray blasted steel. The gloss is a matte finish. Shipping Data Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal. ZincGard 1500 Part A.36 gals. 1.8 gals. ZincGard 1500 Part B.36 gals 1.8 gals. ZincGard Filler 16 lbs. 80 lbs. Shipping weights (approx.) ZincGard 1500 kit 25 lbs. 125 lbs. 1 gal. 5 gal. Reducer 1 8 lbs. 40 lbs. Reducer 2 9 lbs. 45 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Part A 33 F Part B 81 F Reducer 1 53 F Reducer F Shelf Life: 6 months for the Parts A and Part B with 1 years for the Zinc Filler when stored inside at 40 F to 110 F. COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS 7 Page 1 of 2

8 8 ZincGard 1500 Surface Preparation Remove oil and grease from the steel surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue, according to SSPC-SP1. Abrasive blast to a Commercial finish per SSPC-SP 6 to obtain a 1-3 mil blast profile. For immersion, abrasive blast to a Near-white finish per SSPC-SP 10 to obtain a 1-3 mil blast profile. For field touch-up, prepare the substrate according to SSPC-SP 11. Mixing Power mix Part A and Part B components, then slowly blend ZincGard Filler into the Part A and mix until uniform. Avoid forming a dust cloud while adding powder. Do not mix partial kits. 1 Gal. Kit 5 Gal. Kit ZincGard 1500 Part A.36 gallons 1.8 gallons ZincGard 1500 Part B.36 gallons 1.8 gallons ZincGard Filler 16 pounds 80 pounds Note: The Part B forms a soft crust on the surface, which is readily dispersed with power mixing. After mixing in the zinc filler, strain through a wire screen or cheesecloth. Thinning Thinning is not required for most applications. However, in hot windy conditions, ZincGard 1500 may be thinned up to 1 pint/gal. Reducer 1 is recommended for application temperatures below 70 F and Reducer 2 is recommended for application temperatures above 70 F. Pot Life Six hours at 75 and less at higher temperatures. Application Equipment Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC gun with 2E or 704E cap, or a Binks18 gun with a 66SSx67PB nozzle setup having a double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 I.D. minimum material hose, 50 maximum material hose length are recommended. An agitated pressure pot is recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such a Graco s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush and roller: Use medium bristle brush and short nap roller for touchup and small areas only. Drying Time The following minimum times are based on a 3 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air ventilation increase drying times. Surface To Handle or Temperature To Touch To Topcoat 50 F 12 hrs. 32 hrs. 60 F 6 hrs. 16 hrs. 70 F 3 hr. 8 hrs.. 80 F 2 hrs. 5 hrs. 90 F 1 hr. 3 hrs. ZincGard 1500 can be applied in a wet-on-wet manner with either EpoxyGrip 2000 or EpoxyGrip 2100, which eliminates the dry time between coats. Cleanup Cleanup with Reducer 1 or Reducer 2. Applications Conditions Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50 F 50 F 50 F Maximum 90 F 110 F 110 F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. ZincGard 1500 should be applied to a dry surface. Surface temperature should be 5 F above dew point. Rev. 7/16/16 CAUTI/ON: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of 2 Phone ; Fax St. Louis, MO

9 ZincGard 1500 VOC Epoxy Zinc-Rich High load epoxy zinc primer Provides excellent galvanic protection Meets Class B slip co-efficient and creep resistance criteria for use on bolted connection faying surfaces Excellent undercutting resistance California VOC compliant Easy to topcoat Rapid and extended recoat windows Excellent adhesion to hand tool cleaned surfaces (SSPC-SP 11) ZincGard 1500 VOC epoxy zinc rich primer is a rapid recoat primer that provides excellent corrosion protection and undercutting protection. Excellent for use in industrial, coastal, marine and freshwater environments. May be used on structural steel, steel tanks, offshore platforms, barges refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills and other areas as recommended. May also be used to field touch-up inorganic zinc and/or provide galvanic protection for properly prepared steel substrates. ZincGard 1500 VOC meets Class B requirements for slip co-efficient and creep resistance as set forth in the Specification for Structural Joints using A325 or A490 Bolts, in accordance with Research Council on Structural Connections, Appendix A. Exceed requirements of SSPC-PS Salt Spray (ASTM B 117) 7200 hours Plane blistering or rusting: none Abrasion Resistance (ASTM D 4060) 1 kg. Load, 1000 cycles weight loss CS 17 wheel 225 mg Impact Resistance (ASTM D 2794) Direct impact 80 in-lbs. Temperature resistance (dry) Continuous 250 F Non-continuous 300 F Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) 3912 psi Theoretical volume solids of mixed material (ASTM D 2697) 70% +1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gal. (1 mil) 1123 sq. ft Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 0.8 lbs./gal. 97 g/l Reducer lbs./gal. 97 g/l Reducer lbs./gal. 97 Zinc in dry film 80% ZincGard 1500 VOC prevents rusting of steel in a corrosive environment with a ph range of 5 to 9. Topcoats should be used for ph beyond these limits. When topcoated, ZincGard 1500 VOC effectively reduces undercutting from a damaged area. The following is a guide to the proper selection: Splash & Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes Acidic NR Good* Excellent* Alkaline NR Good* Excellent* Solvents NR Good* Excellent* Salt water Excellent* Excellent* Excellent* Water Excellent* Excellent* Excellent* NR=Not Recommended *With suitable topcoat Dry film thickness: 2 to 4 mils Wet film thickness: 4 to 6 mils Theoretical Coverage: 374 sq. 3 mils ZincGard 1500 VOC is applied directly to properly prepared steel as the primer. Direct contact with the steel substrate is required to provide optimal galvanic protection to the underlying steel surface. ZincGard 1500 VOC is an easy to coat primer using either an epoxy or urethane. EpoxyGrip 2000 is the recommended epoxy topcoat for a two-coat application tie coat for a three coat application. MultiGrip 7000 XP VOC is recommended as a direct topcoat to ZincGard 1500 VOC. ZincGard 1500 VOC is supplied as a yellow Part A, which, when mixed with the zinc dust, produces a dark green color contrasting with gray blasted steel. The gloss is a matte finish. Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal. ZincGard 1500 Part A.36 gals. 1.8 gals. ZincGard 1500 Part B.36 gals 1.8 gals. ZincGard Filler 16 lbs. 80 lbs. Shipping weights (approx.) ZincGard 1500 kit 25 lbs. 125 lbs. 1 gal. 5 gal. Reducer 6 8 lbs. 40 lbs. Reducer 8 11 lbs. 55 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Part A 60 F Part B 80 F Reducer 6 60 F Reducer F Shelf Life: 6 months for the Part A and Part B and 3 years for the Zinc Filler when stored inside at 40 F to 110 F. COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS 9 Page 1 of 2

10 10 ZincGard 1500 VOC Remove oil and grease from the steel surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue, according to SSPC-SP1. Abrasive blast to a Commercial finish per SSPC-SP 6 to obtain a 1-3 mil blast profile. For immersion, abrasive blast to a Near-white finish per SSPC-SP 10 to obtain a 1-3 mil blast profile. For field touch-up, prepare the substrate according to SSPC-SP 11. Power mix Part A and Part B components, then slowly blend ZincGard Filler into the Part A and mix until uniform. Avoid forming a dust cloud while adding powder. Do not mix partial kits. 1 Gal. Kit 5 Gal. Kit ZincGard 1500 VOC Part. A.36 gallons 1.8 gallons ZincGard 1500 Part. B.36 gallons 1.8 gallons ZincGard Filler 16 pounds 80 pounds Note: The Part B forms a soft crust on the surface, which is readily dispersed with power mixing. After mixing in the zinc filler, strain through a wire screen or cheesecloth. Thinning is not required for most applications. However, in hot windy conditions, ZincGard 1500 VOC may be thinned up to 1 pint/gal. Reducer 6 is recommended for application temperatures below 70 F and Reducer 8 is recommended for application temperatures above 70 F. Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC gun with 2E or 704E cap, or a Binks18 gun with a 66SSx67PB nozzle setup having a double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 I.D. minimum material hose, 50 maximum material hose length are recommended. An agitated pressure pot is recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such a Graco s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush and roller: Use medium bristle brush and short nap roller for touchup and small areas only. The following minimum times are based on a 3 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air ventilation increase drying times. Surface To Handle or Temperature To Touch To Topcoat 50 F 12 hrs. 32 hrs. 60 F 6 hrs. 16 hrs. 70 F 3 hr. 8 hrs.. 80 F 2 hrs. 5 hrs. 90 F 1 hr. 3 hrs. Cleanup with MEK or Acetone Six hours at 75 and less at higher temperatures. Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50 F 50 F 50 F Maximum 90 F 110 F 110 F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. ZincGard 1500 VOC should be applied to a dry surface. Surface temperature should be 5 F above dew point. Rev. 9/20/16 CAUTI/ON: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of 2 phone ; fax St. Louis, MO

11 11 EPOXY PRIMERS & FINISHES EPOXY PRIM- ERS & FINISHES

12 MasticGrip 200 Coal Tar Epoxy Coating Outstanding immersion resistance to fresh and salt water Outstanding abrasion resistance Meets or exceeds SSPC-Paint 16 and C 210 High Solids Formulation VOC compliant High build capabilities Excellent build on edges Single coat capability Excellent wetting and adhesion properties Good chemical resistance Application over hand tool cleaned substrates (SSPC-SP 11) Typical Uses MasticGrip 200 is used on structural steel, steel and concrete tank linings recommended for immersion service, offshore platforms, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills, masonry surfaces and other areas as recommended. MasticGrip 200 may be used as a surface tolerant single coat system in mild duty applications. Exceed requirements of SSPC Paint 16and Corp of Engineers C 210 performance requirements. Salt Spray (ASTM B 117) 3000 hours Plane blistering or rusting: none Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060) 1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss CS 17 wheel 60 mg Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794) Direct impact 160 in-lbs. Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) 300 psi Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250 F Non-continuous 300 F Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 74%+2% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1187 sq. ft. Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 2.0 lbs./gal. 242 g/l Reducer 1 pint/gal. 2.6 lbs./gal. 315 g/l MasticGrip 200 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric and immersion exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes Dilute acid Excellent Excellent Excellent Dilute alkali Excellent Excellent Excellent Solvents Not recommended Poor Good Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent Excellent Dry film thickness: 8 to 16 mils Wet film thickness: 11 to 21 mils Theoretical coverage: 118 sq. 10 mils DFT Note: Two coats at mils total dft normally recommended for immersion service. MasticGrip 200 can be applied over the following primers or directly to steel or concrete as recommended. MasticGrip 200 should be applied to cured ZincGard 1000 by thinning one pint/gallon with Reducer 3 and applying a mist coat approximately 3mils wet which seals the porous inorganic zinc. The mist coat is followed by another coat to achieve the total desired film thickness. MasticGrip 200 is applied without a mist coat to ZincGard 1500, EpoxyGrip 2100 and MasticGrip Consult SSPC-PS Guide 8.00 for topcoating zinc-rich primers. MasticGrip 200 tends to bleed through topcoats; therefore, MasticGrip 200 is normally not topcoated. MasticGrip 200 is available in black and dark red. Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal. Part A.8 gal. 4 gal. Part B.2 gal. 1 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 12 lbs. 60 lbs. 1 gal. 5 gal. Reducer 3 9 lbs. 45 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Part A 75 F Part B >140 F Reducer 3 78 F Shelf Life: 2 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40 F to 110 F. COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS 12 Page 1 of 2

13 13 MasticGrip 200 Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Steel: Abrasive blasting is preferred when possible as the performance is enhanced. For normal environments, abrasive blast to a Commercial finish per SSPC-SP 6 to obtain a 1 ½ to 3 mil profile. For immersion conditions, abrasive blast to a Near-white finish per SSPC-SP 10 to obtain 1 ½ to 3 mil profile. For mild environments, which do not permit abrasive blasting, Hand Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 2, Power Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 3 or High Pressure Water cleaning per SSPC-SP12/NACE 5 WJ-4 is recommended. Concrete: Minimum cure is 28 days at 75 F and 50 % RH or the equivalent. Abrasive blast to remove laitance and form oils and produce a surface roughness similar to medium sandpaper. Surfacing may be required to fill holes in order to produce a sealed surface. Power mix Part A component, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 1 Gal. Kit 5 Gal. Kit MasticGrip 200 Part A.8 gallon 4 gallon MasticGrip 200 Part B.2 gallon 1 gallon Thinning is not required for most applications; however MasticGrip 200 may be thinned up to 1 pint/gal with reducer 3. Three hours at 75 and less at higher temperatures. Pot life ends when mixed material loses film build. Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50 F 50 F 50 Maximum 90 F 110 F 110 F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation. Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 I.D. minimum material hose and a.070 I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a.027 to.035 tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core for touch up of small areas. The following minimum times are based on an 8 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Final Temperature To Touch To Recoat Cure (Immersion) 50 F 8 hrs. 10 hrs. 14 days 60 F 6 hrs. 8 hrs. 10 days 70 F 4 hrs. 6 hrs. 9 days 80 F 2 hrs. 5 hrs. 5 days 90 F 1 hr. 3 hrs. 3 days MasticGrip 200 can be applied in a wet-on-wet manner, which eliminates the dry time between coats when recoating with itself. Sunlight oxidizes the surface of the coal tar, inhibiting adhesion of the next coat. Therefore, MasticGrip 200 should be topcoated within 24 hours. If the maximum recoat time is exceeded, the coating should be sweep blasted with fine abrasive to roughen the surface. Cleanup with Reducer 3. Rev. 9/19/16 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of 2 phone ; fax St. Louis, MO

14 GripCrete 200 SL Self-Leveling Flooring Epoxy Features Excellent application properties Gloss finish USDA compliant 100% solids formulation Self-leveling Direct to concrete Excellent wetting and adhesion properties Good chemical resistance Typical Uses Gripcrete 200 SL is used as a general service flooring epoxy. It is recommended for warehouses, service centers, commercial shops, commercial buildings, or anywhere abrasion resistance and/or chemical protection is desired. This product offers a bright, cleanable, high gloss finish or can be used alone or as component in multi-coat systems such as broadcasted vinyl flakes or quartz. Gripcrete 200 SL may also be incorporated with US Coatings easily cleanable, Non-Skid Additive to improve worker traction on walkways in refineries, power plants, chemical plants, barges, pulp & paper mills and other critical areas. Physical Data Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060) 5 mg loss 1 kg load/1000 cycles CS 17 wheel Compressive Strength (ASTM C579) 11,600 psi Flexural Strength 80 in-lbs. Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) > 400 psi Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 140 F Non-continuous 160 F Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 100% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (@1 mil) 1604 sq. ft. Volatile Organic Content 0.0 lbs./gal. Film Thickness (per coat) Dry film thickness: 6 to 15 mils per coat Wet film thickness: 6 to 15 mils per coat Theoretical coverage: 164 sq. 10 mils DFT Note: One coat is normally required; however, certain colors may require additional coats for hiding. Primer/Substrates GripCrete 200 SL can be applied directly to concrete but the probability for outgassing/pinholing is reduced if primed prior to application of coating. Topcoats GripCrete 200 SL is not intended for exterior use and will chalk if exposed to UV. GripCrete 200 SL may be topcoated with itself or urethanes as recommended. Colors GripCrete 200 SL is available in Light Gray, Medium Gray, Dark Gray, Tile Red. Safety colors are available upon request. Shipping Data Packaging unit* 1 gal. 4 gal. Part A 0.75 gal. 3 gal. Part B 0.25 gal. 1 gal. *40 gallon, 55 gallon kits available Shipping weight (approx.) 1 gal. 5 gal. Package unit 9.3 lbs./gal 46.5 lbs. 4.2 kg/gal kg Flash Point: (Setaflash) Part A Part B 225 F (107 C) 220 F (93 C) Shelf Life: 2 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40 F to 110 F. Resistance GripCrete 6130 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Spillage Fumes Acidic Good Good Alkaline Good Excellent Solvents Good Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS 14 Page 1 of 2

15 15 Gripcrete 200 SL Surface Preparation Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Concrete: Minimum cure is 28 days at 75 F and 50 % RH or the equivalent or minimum compressive strength of 3000 psi. Abrasive blast to remove laitance and form oils and to produce a surface roughness similar to medium sandpaper. Surfacing may be required to fill holes in order to produce a sealed surface. Refer to SSPC-13/NACE-6 and ICRI on proper surface cleaning and profiling of concrete substrate. Reference ASTM F 2170 and ASTM F 1869 to determine amount of moisture in concrete substrate. Concrete should be properly cured and have the following characteristics: Substrate tensile strength of at least 300 psi. A ph in the range of 7 to 11. The surface must show open pores throughout and have a sandpaper texture. Mixing Combine Part A and part B in a 3 to 1 ratio and power mix for 2 minutes. Do not entrain air into mixture. DO NOT USE PARTIAL KITS. No sweat-in or induction time is required. Thinning is not recommended. Power mix each component, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 1 Gal. Kit 5 Gal. Kit Gripcrete 200 SL Part A 0.75 gallon 3 gallon Gripcrete 200 SL Part B 0.25 gallon 1 gallon Thinning Thinning is not recommended for solvent free coatings. Working Time minutes at 75 F and less at higher temperatures. Applications Conditions Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50 F 50 F 50 Maximum 90 F 110 F 110 F Application Equipment Power Mixer: Use jiffy or blade mixer for mixing and ensure a low speed drill is utilized at no more the 220 RPMs. Squeegee and Roller: Use medium brush near cut in areas and short nap shedresistant high quality roller with solvent resistant fibers and core. Use either a flat or 1/16 notched squeegee to spread material and cross roll with spiked shoes in a perpendicular pattern immediately after squeegee. Drying Time The following minimum times are based on a 15 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Final Temperature Light Traffic Full Traffic Cure* 50 F 24 hrs. 72 hrs. 14 days 60 F 18 hrs. 60 hrs. 12 days 70 F 12 hrs. 48 hrs. 7 days 90 F 8 hr. 36 hrs. 5 days *Final Cure for maximum chemical resistance. Maximum Recoat Grip 200 SL is formulated with a 24 max recoat window at 70 F. If the recoat window is exceeded then the surface should be sanded to achieve a dull finish and all dust should be removed. However, since epoxies tend to blush, it is imperative that the blush and any surface contamination be removed prior to recoating. Also test for blush prior to applying any topcoat. High pressure water washing with a detergent is an acceptable method of removing blush and surface contamination. Cleanup with MEK or Xylene. Cleanup Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation. Concrete coating should be applied as the slab temperatures are descending in order to avoid potential outgassing/pinholing. Rev.6/124/16 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of 2 phone ; fax St. Louis, MO

16 16 GripCrete 1750 MVE MVE 100% Epoxy Primer Features 100% Solids, No VOC s, No HAPS Low Viscosity for Excellent Penetration User Friendly with Long Re-coat Windows Pigmented to Allow Applicators Easy Visibility Easy Application- Including Roller or Spray Virtually No Odor Typical Uses GripCrete 1750 MVE is a 100% solids, No VOC s, low odor, concrete sealer/primer designed to minimize concrete outgassing and moisture vapor transmission. US Coatings 1750 is suitable for use as a primer in confined spaces, underground or above ground concrete coating applications can be used on damp concrete surfaces with excellent results. Prior to use, verify re-coat windows, temperature limitations, mix ratios, and pot life information in the Performance table. US Coatings 1750 is supplied in premeasured kits. There is no need for measuring volume ratio. Off-white or Clear Color Limitations US Coatings 1750 is an aromatic epoxy. While the physical properties may not be affected, the epoxy could fade or chalk with exposure to UV light or mercury vapor light. Each individual user should check the product compatibility with their own application requirements prior to use. Physical Data Adhesion to concrete (ASTM D 7234) Dry Substrate Failure Damp Substrate Failure Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 100% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1604 sq. ft. Volatile Organic Content VOC 0.0 lbs./gal. 0.0 g/l Dry film thickness: 5 to 10 mils Wet film thickness: 5 to 10 mils Theoretical coverage: sq. ft Film Thickness (per coat) Note: Material is designed to soak-in and penetrate concrete. Topcoats GripCrete 1750 like other epoxies, tends to chalk and amber when exposed to sunlight in a humid environment. Urethane or polyaspartic topcoats are recommended to control the erosion of the epoxy and maintain a colorfast system. Gripcrete 200 SL and GripCrete 9000 PA are recommended topcoat for GripCrete 1750 MVE. Shipping Data Packaging unit 2.5 gal. 7.5 gal Base 1.5 gal. 5.0 gal Converter 1 gal. 2.5 gal Shelf Life: The product can be stored for one year in factory delivered, unopened drums. Keep away from extreme heat, freezing, and moisture. Proper storage temperature is between 50ºF and 100ºF. Surface Preparation Prior to coating, the substrate must be prepared in a manner that provides a uniform, clean, sound, neutralized surface suitable for the specified coating. The substrate must be free of all contaminants, such as oil, grease, rust, scale or deposits. In general, coating performance is proportional to the degree of surface preparation. Concrete and Masonry surfaces must be sound and contaminant-free with a surface profile equivalent to a CSP3 to CSP5 in accordance with ICRI Technical Guideline No This can generally be achieved by abrasive blasting, shot blasting, high pressure water cleaning, water jetting, or a combination of methods. Mixing Power mix A & B separately, then combine A & B and power mix for 2 minutes. No thinning required: By Volume 1.5 Gal. Kit 7.5 Gal Kit GripCrete 1750 Base A 1.0 gallon 5.0 gallon GripCrete 1750 Base B 0.5 gallon 2.5 gallon By Weight Ratio GripCrete :58 Thinning Power mix A & B separately, then combine A & B and power mix for 2 minutes. No thinning required. 50 minutes at 72 F Pot Life Applications Conditions Material Surface Ambient Minimum 35 F 32 F 32 Maximum 90 F 140 F 140 F Material should be at above 60 F for optimal performance. Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation. COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS Page 1 of 2

17 17 GripCrete 1750 MVE Surface Preparation Prior to coating, the substrate must be prepared in a manner that provides a uniform, clean, sound, neutralized surface suitable for the specified coating. The substrate must be free of all contaminants, such as oil, grease, rust, scale or deposits. In general, coating performance is proportional to the degree of surface preparation. Concrete and Masonry surfaces must be sound and contaminant-free with a surface profile equivalent to a CSP3 to CSP5 in accordance with ICRI Technical Guideline No This can generally be achieved by abrasive blasting, shot blasting, high pressure water cleaning, water jetting, or a combination of methods. Mixing Power mix A & B separately, then combine A & B and power mix for 2 minutes. No thinning required: By Volume 1.5 Gal. Kit 7.5 Gal Kit GripCrete 1750 Base A 1.0 gallon 5.0 gallon GripCrete 1750 Base B 0.5 gallon 2.5 gallon By Weight Ratio GripCrete :58 Thinning Power mix A & B separately, then combine A & B and power mix for 2 minutes. No thinning required. 50 minutes at 72 F Pot Life Applications Conditions Material Surface Ambient Minimum 35 F 32 F 32 Maximum 90 F 140 F 140 F Material should be at above 60 F for optimal performance. Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation. Application Equipment General: Spray (US Coatings min Pot 72 F) This high solids coating may require adjustments in spray techniques. Conventional Spray: Pressure pot equipped with dual regulators. 3/8 I.D. minimum material hose I.D. fluid tip and appropriate air cap Airless Spray: Pump Ratio: 30:1 (Min.) GPM Output: 0 (Min.) Tip Size:.017 to.021 Output PSI: Filter Size: 60 Mesh Teflon packing are recommended. Use 45:1 pump ratio for elevated applications and ½ I.D. hose lengths greater than 60. It is recommended to back roll the US material after spray application to maximize its effectiveness. Roller/Squeegee: Use medium brush and short nap roller lint free woven roller. A flat or 1/16 notched squeegee may be used to move material then immediately cross rolled utilizing spiked shoes for application. Drying Time The following minimum times are based on a 5 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Temperature To Touch To Recoat Maximum 72 F 6-8 hrs. 6-8 hrs. 7 days Max recoat is 7 days at 70 F. Maximum Recoat Cleanup Cured product may be disposed of without restriction. The un-cured portions should be mixed together and disposed of in a normal manner. Drip free containers should be disposed of according to state, local, and federal laws Rev. 1/30/17 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of Weldon Parkway, St. Louis, MO phone ; fax

18 EpoxyGrip 2000 Epoxy Mastic Coating Locally available color system Semi-gloss finish VOC compliant High Solids Formulation Excellent build on edges Rapid and extended recoat windows Single coat capability Excellent wetting and adhesion properties Good chemical resistance Application over hand tool cleaned substrates (SSPC-SP 11) Used as an intermediate or topcoat over zinc rich primers for highly corrosive environments. Where exterior color fastness is required EpoxyGrip 2000 may be top-coated with polyurethane finishes. Used on structural steel, steel tanks, offshore platforms, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills, masonry surfaces and other areas as recommended. EpoxyGrip 2000 may be used as a surface tolerant single coat system in mild duty applications. Exceed requirements of SSPC Paint 22 performance requirements. Salt Spray (ASTM B 117) 1000 hours Plane blistering or rusting: none Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060) 1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss CS 17 wheel 22 mg Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794) Direct impact 80 in-lbs. Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) 4031 psi Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250 F Non-continuous 300 F Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 80%+1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1283 sq. ft. Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 1.44 lbs./gal. 174 g/l Reducer 1 pint/gal lbs./gal. 247 g/l Reducer 1 pint/gal lbs./gal. 253 g/l EpoxyGrip 2000 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes Acidic Not recommended Good Good Alkaline Not recommended Excellent Excellent Solvents Not recommended Good Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent Excellent Dry film thickness: 4 to 6 mils Wet film thickness: 5 to 9 mils Theoretical coverage: 257 sq. 5 mils DFT Note: One coat is normally required; however, certain colors may require additional coats for hiding. EpoxyGrip 2000 can be applied over the following primers or directly to steel or concrete as recommended. EpoxyGrip 2000 should be applied to cured ZincGard 1000 by thinning one pint/gallon with Reducer 2 and applying a mist coat approximately 3mils wet which seals the porous inorganic zinc. The mist coat is followed by another light coat to achieve the total desired film thickness. EpoxyGrip 2000 is applied without a mist coat to ZincGard 1500, EpoxyGrip 2100 and MasticGrip Consult SSPC-PS Guide 8.00 for topcoating zinc-rich primers. EpoxyGrip 2000, like other epoxies, tends to chalk and amber when exposed to sunlight in a humid environment. Urethane topcoats are recommended to control the erosion of the epoxy and maintain a colorfast system. UreGrip 3000 and UreGrip 3300 are recommended topcoat for EpoxyGrip EpoxyGrip 2000 is available in a state-of-the-art color system providing accurate quality matches. A color chart of 100 commonly used colors is provided for your convenience. Custom colors can be computer matched. Packaging unit 2 gal. 10 gal. Part A 1 gal. 5 gal. Part B 1 gal. 5 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 28 lbs. 140 lbs. 1 gal. 5 gal. Reducer 1 8 lbs. 40 lbs. Reducer 2 9 lbs. 45 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Part A 94 F Part B 108 F Reducer 1 53 F Reducer F Shelf Life: 2 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40 F to 110 F. COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS 18 Page 1 of 2

19 EpoxyGrip 2000 VOC Epoxy Mastic Coating Locally available color system Semi-gloss finish VOC compliant High Solids Formulation Excellent build on edges Rapid and extended recoat windows Single coat capability Excellent wetting and adhesion properties Good chemical resistance Application over hand tool cleaned substrates (SSPC-SP 11) Used as an intermediate or topcoat over zinc rich primers for highly corrosive environments. Where exterior color fastness is required EpoxyGrip 2000 VOC may be top-coated with polyurethane finishes. Used on structural steel, steel tanks, offshore platforms, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills, masonry surfaces and other areas as recommended. EpoxyGrip 2000 VOC may be used as a surface tolerant single coat system in mild duty applications. Exceed requirements of SSPC Paint 22 performance requirements. Salt Spray (ASTM B 117) 1000 hours Plane blistering or rusting: none Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060) 1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss CS 17 wheel 22 mg Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794) Direct impact 80 in-lbs. Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) 4031 psi Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250 F Non-continuous 300 F Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 80%+1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1283 sq. ft. Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 0.79 lbs./gal. 96 g/l Reducer 1 pint/gal lbs./gal. 96 g/l Reducer 1 pint/gal lbs./gal. 96 g/l EpoxyGrip 2000 VOC is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes Acidic Not recommended Good Good Alkaline Not recommended Excellent Excellent Solvents Not recommended Good Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent Excellent Dry film thickness: 4 to 6 mils Wet film thickness: 5 to 9 mils Theoretical coverage: 257 sq. 5 mils DFT Note: One coat is normally required; however, certain colors may require additional coats for hiding. EpoxyGrip 2000 VOC can be applied over the following primers or directly to steel or concrete as recommended. EpoxyGrip 2000 VOC should be applied to cured ZincGard 1000 by thinning one pint/gallon with Reducer 2 and applying a mist coat approximately 3mils wet which seals the porous inorganic zinc. The mist coat is followed by another light coat to achieve the total desired film thickness. EpoxyGrip 2000 VOC is applied without a mist coat to ZincGard 1500, EpoxyGrip 2100 and MasticGrip Consult SSPC-PS Guide 8.00 for topcoating zinc-rich primers. EpoxyGrip 2000 VOC, like other epoxies, tends to chalk and amber when exposed to sunlight in a humid environment. Urethane topcoats are recommended to control the erosion of the epoxy and maintain a colorfast system. UreGrip 3000 and UreGrip 3300 are recommended topcoat for EpoxyGrip 2000 VOC. EpoxyGrip 2000 VOC is available in a state-of-the-art color system providing accurate quality matches. A color chart of 100 commonly used colors is provided for your convenience. Custom colors can be computer matched. Packaging unit 2 gal. 10 gal. Part A 1 gal. 5 gal. Part B 1 gal. 5 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 28 lbs. 140 lbs. 1 gal. 5 gal. Reducer 1 8 lbs. 40 lbs. Reducer 2 9 lbs. 45 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Part A 94 F Part B 108 F Reducer 1 53 F Reducer F Shelf Life: 2 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40 F to 110 F. COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS 19 Page 1 of 2

20 EpoxyGrip 2000 VOC Epoxy Mastic Coating Features Locally available color system Semi-gloss finish VOC compliant High Solids Formulation Excellent build on edges Rapid and extended recoat windows Single coat capability Excellent wetting and adhesion properties Good chemical resistance Application over hand tool cleaned substrates (SSPC-SP 11) Typical Uses Used as an intermediate or topcoat over zinc rich primers for highly corrosive environments. Where exterior color fastness is required EpoxyGrip 2000 may be top-coated with polyurethane finishes. Used on structural steel, steel tanks, offshore platforms, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills, masonry surfaces and other areas as recommended. EpoxyGrip 2000 may be used as a surface tolerant single coat system in mild duty applications. Qualifications Exceed requirements of SSPC Paint 22 performance requirements. Performance Data Salt Spray (ASTM B 117) 1000 hours Plane blistering or rusting: none Physical Data Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060) 1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss CS 17 wheel 22 mg Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794) Direct impact 80 in-lbs. Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) 4031 psi Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250 F Non-continuous 300 F Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 80%+1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1283 sq. ft. Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 0.79 lbs./gal. Reducer 1 pint/gal lbs./gal. Reducer 1 pint/gal lbs./gal. Resistance EpoxyGrip 2000 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes Acidic Not recommended Good Good Alkaline Not recommended Excellent Excellent Solvents Not recommended Good Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent Excellent Film Thickness (per coat) Dry film thickness: 4 to 6 mils Wet film thickness: 5 to 9 mils Theoretical coverage: 257 sq. 5 mils DFT Note: One coat is normally required; however, certain colors may require additional coats for hiding. Primer/Substrates EpoxyGrip 2000 VOC can be applied over the following primers or directly to steel or concrete as recommended. EpoxyGrip 2000 should be applied to cured ZincGard 1000 by thinning one pint/gallon with Reducer 2 and applying a mist coat approximately 3mils wet which seals the porous inorganic zinc. The mist coat is followed by another light coat to achieve the total desired film thickness. EpoxyGrip 2000 is applied without a mist coat to ZincGard 1500, EpoxyGrip 2100 and MasticGrip Consult SSPC-PS Guide 8.00 for topcoating zinc-rich primers. Topcoats EpoxyGrip 2000 VOC, like other epoxies, tends to chalk and amber when exposed to sunlight in a humid environment. Urethane topcoats are recommended to control the erosion of the epoxy and maintain a colorfast system. UreGrip 3000 and UreGrip 3300 are recommended topcoat for EpoxyGrip Colors EpoxyGrip 2000 VOC is available in a state-of-the-art color system providing accurate quality matches. A color chart of 100 commonly used colors is provided for your convenience. Custom colors can be computer matched. Shipping Data Packaging unit 2 gal. 10 gal. Base 1 gal. 5 gal. Converter 1 gal. 5 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 28 lbs. 140 lbs. 1 gal. 5 gal. Reducer 1 8 lbs. 40 lbs. Reducer 2 9 lbs. 45 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Base 94 F Converter 108 F Reducer 1 53 F Reducer F Shelf Life: 3 years for both the base and the converter when stored inside at 40 F to 110 F. COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS 20 Page 1 of 2

21 21 EpoxyGrip 2000 VOC Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Steel: Abrasive blasting is preferred when possible as the performance is enhanced. For normal environments, abrasive blast to a Commercial finish per SSPC-SP 6 to obtain a 1 ½ to 3 mil profile. For immersion conditions, abrasive blast to a Near-White finish per SSPC-SP 10 to obtain 1 ½ to 3 mil profile. For mild environments, which do not permit abrasive blasting, Hand Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 2, Power Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 3 or High Pressure Water cleaning per SSPC-SP12/NACE 5 WJ-4 is recommended. Concrete: Minimum cure is 28 days at 75 F and 50 % RH or the equivalent. Abrasive blast to remove laitance and form oils and to produce a surface roughness similar to medium sandpaper. Surfacing may be required to fill holes in order to produce a sealed surface. Power mix each component, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 2 Gal. Kit 10 Gal. Kit EpoxyGrip 2000 Part A 1 gallon 5 gallon EpoxyGrip 2000 VOC Part B 1 gallon 5 gallon Thinning is not required for most applications; however EpoxyGrip 2000 VOC may be thinned up to 1 pint/gal. Reducer 1 is recommended for applications temperatures below 70 F and Reducer 2 is recommended above 70 F. Reducer 2 is recommended for overcoating inorganic zinc primers as well as for brush and roller applications of EpoxyGrip 2000 VOC. Three hours at 75 and less at higher temperatures. Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50 F 50 F 50 Maximum 90 F 110 F 110 F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation. Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 I.D. minimum material hose and a.070 I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a.017 to.021 tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core. The following minimum times are based on a 5 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Final Temperature To Touch To Handle Cure 50 F 12 hrs. 32 hrs. 4 days 60 F 6 hrs. 16 hrs. 2 days 70 F 3 hrs. 8 hrs. 1 day 80 F 2 hrs. 5 hrs. 12 hrs. 90 F 1 hr. 3 hrs. 6 hrs. EpoxyGrip 2000 VOC can be applied in a wet-on-wet manner, which eliminates the dry time between coats when recoating with itself. When recoating with UreGrip, EpoxyGrip 2000 VOC should dry according to the To Handle schedule. EpoxyGrip 2000 VOC has a 30-day maximum recoat window. It is imperative that the chalk and surface contamination be removed prior to recoating. High pressure washing is an acceptable method of removing chalk and surface contamination. For applications requiring longer than a 30-day window, please contact US Coatings for recommendations. Cleanup with Reducer 1 or Reducer 2. Rev. 9/20/16 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of 2 phone fax St. Louis, MO

22 EpoxyGrip 2010 DTM Epoxy Mastic Coating Direct to Metal Finish Semi-gloss finish VOC compliant Convenient one to one mix ratio High Solids Formulation Excellent build on edges Rapid and extended recoat windows Single coat capability Excellent wetting and adhesion properties Good chemical resistance Application over hand tool cleaned substrates (SSPC-SP 11) Used as a Direct to Metal Finish for industrial equipment such as compressors. Exceed requirements of SSPC Paint 22 performance requirements. Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060) 1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss CS 17 wheel 22 mg Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794) Direct impact 80 in-lbs. Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) 4031 psi Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250 F Non-continuous 300 F Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 54%+1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 866 sq. ft. Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 3.3 lbs./gal. 399 g/l Reducer 1 pint/gal. 3.6 lbs./gal. 436 g/l EpoxyGrip 2010 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes Acidic Not recommended Good Good Alkaline Not recommended Excellent Excellent Solvents Not recommended Good Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent Excellent Dry film thickness: 4 to 6 mils Wet film thickness: 8 to 12 mils Theoretical coverage: 173 sq. 5 mils DFT EpoxyGrip 2010 can be applied directly over properly prepared steel. EpoxyGrip 2010, like other epoxies, tends to chalk and amber when exposed to sunlight in a humid environment. Urethane topcoats are recommended to control the erosion of the epoxy and maintain a colorfast system. UreGrip 3000 and UreGrip 3300 are recommended topcoat for EpoxyGrip EpoxyGrip 2010 is available in a Beige and White. Custom colors may be available upon request. Packaging unit 2 gal. 10 gal. Part A 1 gal. 5 gal. Part B 1 gal. 5 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 25 lbs. 125 lbs. 1 gal. 5 gal. Reducer 1 8 lbs. 40 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Part A 40 F Part B 80 F Reducer 1 53 F Shelf Life: 1 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40 F to 110 F. COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS 22 Page 1 of 2

23 23 EpoxyGrip 2010 Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Steel: Abrasive blasting is preferred when possible as the performance is enhanced. For normal environments, abrasive blast to a Commercial finish per SSPC-SP 6 to obtain a 1 ½ to 3 mil profile. For mild environments, which do not permit abrasive blasting, Hand Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 2, Power Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 3 or High Pressure Water cleaning per SSPC- SP12/NACE 5 WJ-4 is recommended. Power mix each component, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 2 Gal. Kit 10 Gal. Kit EpoxyGrip 2010 Part A 1 gallon 5 gallon EpoxyGrip 2010 Part B 1 gallon 5 gallon Thinning is not required for most applications; however EpoxyGrip 2010 may be thinned up to 1 pint/gal. Reducer 1 is recommended for applications temperatures below 90 F. Eight hours at 75 and less at higher temperatures. Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50 F 50 F 50 Maximum 90 F 110 F 110 F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation. Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 I.D. minimum material hose and a.070 I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a.017 to.021 tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core for touch up. The following minimum times are based on a 5 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Final Temperature To Touch To Handle Cure 60 F 3 hrs. 12 hrs. 2 days 70 F 1.5 hrs. 6 hrs. 1 day 80 F 1 hrs. 4 hrs. 12 hrs. EpoxyGrip 2010 can be applied in a wet-on-wet manner, which eliminates the dry time between coats when recoating with itself. EpoxyGrip 2010 has a 30-day maximum recoat window. It is imperative that the chalk and surface contamination be removed prior to recoating. High pressure washing is an acceptable method to removing chalk and surface contamination. For applications requiring more than 30-days, please contact US Coatings for recommendations. Cleanup with Reducer 1. Rev. 9/20/16 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of 2 phone ; fax St. Louis, MO

24 EpoxyGrip 2030 Low Temperature Epoxy Mastic Coating Low temperature curing Locally available color system Semi-gloss finish VOC compliant High Solids Formulation Excellent build on edges Rapid and extended recoat windows Single coat capability Excellent wetting and adhesion properties Good chemical resistance Application over hand tool cleaned substrates (SSPC-SP 11) EpoxyGrip 2030 is a low temperature curing intermediate or topcoat over zinc rich primers for highly corrosive environments. EpoxyGrip 2030 is designed to extend the painting season into the cold weather season. Where exterior color fastness is required EpoxyGrip 2030 may be top-coated with polyurethane finishes. EpoxyGrip 2030 is used on structural steel, steel tanks, offshore platforms, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills, masonry surfaces and other areas as recommended. EpoxyGrip 2030 may be used as a surface tolerant single coat system in mild duty applications. Exceed requirements of SSPC Paint 22 performance requirements. Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250 F Non-continuous 300 F Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 80%+1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1,283 sq. ft. Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 1.41 lbs./gal. 171 g/l Reducer 1 pint/gal lbs./gal. 243 g/l Reducer 1 pint/gal lbs./gal. 248 g/l EpoxyGrip 2030 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes Acidic Not recommended Good Good Alkaline Not recommended Excellent Excellent Solvents Not recommended Good Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent Excellent Dry film thickness: 4 to 6 mils Wet film thickness: 5 to 9 mils Theoretical coverage: 257 sq. 5 mils DFT Note: One coat is normally required; however, certain colors may require additional coats for hiding. EpoxyGrip 2030 can be applied over the following primers or directly to steel or concrete as recommended. EpoxyGrip 2030 should be applied to cured ZincGard 1000 by thinning one pint/gallon with Reducer 1 and applying a mist coat approximately 3mils wet which seals the porous inorganic zinc. The mist coat is followed by another light coat to achieve the total desired film thickness. EpoxyGrip 2030 is applied without a mist coat to ZincGard 1500, EpoxyGrip 2100, MasticGrip 2500 and MasticGrip Consult SSPC-PS Guide 8.00 for topcoating zinc-rich primers. EpoxyGrip 2030, like other epoxies, tends to chalk and amber when exposed to sunlight in a humid environment. Urethane topcoats are recommended to control the erosion of the epoxy and maintain a colorfast system. UreGrip 3000 and UreGrip 3300 are recommended topcoats for EpoxyGrip EpoxyGrip 2030 is available in a state-of-the-art color system providing accurate quality matches. Due to the amber cast of the curing agent, EpoxyGrip 2030 is available in warm white colors and not bright white colors. A color chart of 100 commonly used colors is provided for your convenience. Custom colors can be computer matched. Packaging unit 2 gal. 10 gal. Part A 1 gal. 5 gal. Part B 1 gal. 5 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 28 lbs. 140 lbs. 1 gal. 5 gal. Reducer 1 8 lbs. 40 lbs. Reducer 2 9 lbs. 45 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Part A 94 F Part B 80 F Reducer 1 53 F Reducer 3 78 F Shelf Life: 2 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40 F to 110 F. COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS 24 Page 1 of 2

25 25 EpoxyGrip 2030 Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Steel: Abrasive blasting is preferred when possible as the performance is enhanced. For normal environments, abrasive blast to a Commercial finish per SSPC-SP 6 to obtain a 1 ½ to 3 mil profile. For immersion conditions, abrasive blast to a Near-white finish per SSPC-SP 10 to obtain 1 ½ to 3 mil profile. For mild environments, which do not permit abrasive blasting, Hand Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 2, Power Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 3 or High Pressure Water cleaning per SSPC-SP12/NACE 5 WJ-4 is recommended. Concrete: Minimum cure is 28 days at 75 F and 50 % RH or the equivalent. Abrasive blast to remove laitance and form oils and produce a surface roughness similar to medium sandpaper. Surfacing may be required to fill holes in order to produce a sealed surface. Power mix each component, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 2 Gal. Kit 10 Gal. Kit EpoxyGrip 2000 Part A 1 gallon 5 gallon EpoxyGrip 2030 Part B 1 gallon 5 gallon Thinning is not required for most applications, however EpoxyGrip 2030 may be thinned up to 1 pint/gal. Reducer 1 is recommended for most applications, however, reducer 3 may be used when topcoating EpoxyGrip 2030 with UreGrip 3000 or UreGrip Thirty minutes at 75 F and less at higher temperatures. One hour at 60 F Two hours at 45 F Four hours at 35 F Material Surface Ambient Minimum 35 F 35 F 35 F Maximum 75 F 85 F 85 F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation. Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 I.D. minimum material hose and a.070 I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a.017 to.021 tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core. The following minimum times are based on a 5 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Temperature Cure To Topcoat 35 F 16 hrs 45 F 8 hrs. 60 F 4 hrs. 75 F 2 hrs. EpoxyGrip 2030 can be applied in a wet-on-wet manner, which eliminates the dry time between coats when recoating with itself. When recoating with UreGrip, EpoxyGrip 2030 should dry according to the Cure To Topcoat schedule. EpoxyGrip 2030 has a 30-day maximum recoat window. It is imperative that chalk and surface contamination be removed prior to recoating. High pressure washing is an acceptable method to remove chalk and surface contamination. For applications requiring longer than 30 days, please contact US Coatings for recommendations. Cleanup with Reducer 1 or Reducer 3. Rev. 9/20/16 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of 2 phone ; fax St. Louis, MO

26 RailGard 2040 VOC DTM Epoxy Coating RailGard 2040 VOC is a high build, direct to metal epoxy to be applied as a single coat system for the exterior of railcars. Direct to Metal High gloss finish VOC compliant High Solids Formulation Excellent build on edges Rapid and extended recoat windows Single coat capability Excellent wetting and adhesion properties Good chemical resistance 1:1 Mixing Ratio Salt Spray (ASTM B 117) 1000 hours Plane blistering or rusting: none Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060) 1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss CS 17 wheel 22 mg Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794) Direct impact 80 in-lbs. Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) 4031 psi Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250 F Non-continuous 300 F Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 81±2% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1,300 sq. ft. Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 1.0 lbs./gal. 121 g/l Reducer 1 pint/gal. 1.6 lbs./gal. 194 g/l Reducer 1 pint/gal. 1.6 lbs./gal. 194 g/l Film Thickness (per coat) Dry film thickness: 4 to 6 mils Wet film thickness: 5 to 9 mils Theoretical coverage: 260 sq. 5 mils DFT RailGard 2040 VOC is normally applied directly to steel. RailGard 2040 VOC, however, can be applied to cured ZincGard 1000, ZincGard 1500, EpoxyGrip 2100 and MasticGrip Consult SSPC-PS Guide 8.00 for topcoating zinc-rich primers. When additional protection is required, RailGard 2040 VOC may be topcoated with a urethane such as: UreGrip 3000 or UreGrip RailGard 2040 VOC is normally used in black or gray. Custom colors are available. Packaging unit 2 gal. 10 gal. Part A 1 gal. 5 gal. Part B 1 gal. 5 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 28 lbs. 140 lbs. 1 gal. 5 gal. Reducer 1 8 lbs. 40 lbs. Reducer 2 9 lbs. 45 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Part A 60 F Part B 107 F Reducer 1 53 F Reducer F Shelf Life: 2 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40 F to 110 F. RailGard 2040 VOC is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Spillage Fumes Acidic Good Good Alkaline Excellent Excellent Solvents Good Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS 26 Page 1 of 2

27 27 RailGard 2040 Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Steel: Abrasive blasting is preferred when possible as the performance is enhanced. For normal environments, abrasive blast to a Commercial finish per SSPC-SP 6 to obtain a 1 ½ to 3 mil profile. For immersion conditions, abrasive blast to a Near-white finish per SSPC-SP 10 to obtain 1 ½ to 3 mil profile. For touch up areas, which do not permit abrasive blasting, Hand Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 2, Power Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 3 or High Pressure Water cleaning per SSPC-SP12/NACE 5 WJ-4 is recommended. Power mix each component, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 2 Gal. Kit 10 Gal. Kit RailGard 2040 VOC Part A 1 gallon 5 gallon RailGard 2040 Part B 1 gallon 5 gallon Thinning is not required for most applications; however RailGard 2040 VOC may be thinned up to 1 pint/gal. Reducer 1 is recommended for application temperatures below 70 F and Reducer 2 is recommended above 70 F. Reducer 2 is recommended for overcoating inorganic zinc primers as well as for brush and roller applications of RailGard 2040 VOC. Three hours at 75 and less at higher temperatures. Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50 F 50 F 50 Maximum 90 F 110 F 110 F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation. Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 I.D. minimum material hose and a.070 I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a.017 to.021 tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended. Plural Component Airless Spray: Graco s Xtreme Mix is the preferred plural component equipment. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core. The following minimum times are based on a 5 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Final Temperature To Touch To Handle Cure 50 F 12 hrs. 32 hrs. 4 days 60 F 6 hrs. 16 hrs. 2 days 70 F 3 hrs. 8 hrs. 1 day 80 F 2 hrs. 5 hrs. 12 hrs. 90 F 1 hr. 3 hrs. 6 hrs. RailGard 2040 can be applied in a wet-on-wet manner, which eliminates the dry time between coats when recoating with itself. When recoating with UreGrip, RailGard 2040 VOC should dry according to the To Handle schedule. RailGard 2040 VOC is formulated with an unlimited recoat window. However, when recoating an aged epoxy, it is imperative that the surface contamination be removed prior to recoating. High pressure water washing is an acceptable method of removing chalk and surface contamination. Cleanup with Reducer 1 or Reducer 2. Rev. 9/20/16 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of 2 phone ; fax St. Louis, MO

28 EpoxyGrip 2078 High Solids Epoxy Concrete Sealer Outstanding wetting and adhesion properties Seals concrete Solvent free Clear / amber color EpoxyGrip 2078 is used as a primer / sealer for concrete substrates. The wetting characteristics of EpoxyGrip 2078 provide for excellent sealing properties over cementitious surfaces. EpoxyGrip 2078 is designed to accept a wide variety of different generic finish coats. The EpoxyGrip 2078 may also be used as a curing compound for fresh concrete. Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794) Direct impact 160 in-lbs. 300 psi Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250 F Non-continuous 300 F Theoretical volume solids of mixed material: 100% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) Volatile Organic Content Unthinned Reducer 1 pint/gal. Reducer 1 pint/gal. 1,604 sq. ft. 0.0 lbs./gal. 0 g/l.77 lbs./gal. 93 g/l.82 lbs./gal. 99 g/l Refer to desired finish coat for chemical resistance information. Dry film thickness: 1 to 2 mils Wet film thickness: 1 to 2 mils Theoretical coverage: 1604 sq. 1 mil DFT 802 sq. 2 mils DFT EpoxyGrip 2078 is used to seal properly prepared concrete substrates. EpoxyGrip 2078 is typically top coated with epoxies and / or polyurethanes such as EpoxyGrip 2000, UreGrip 3000 and UreGrip EpoxyGrip 2078 is a transparent clear /amber color. Packaging unit Part A Part B Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit Reducer 1 Reducer 2 3 gal. 2 gal. 1 gal. 3 gal. 25 lbs. 1 gal. 8 lbs. 9 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Part A >140 F Part B >140 F Reducer 1 53 F Reducer F Shelf Life: 2 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40 F to 110 F. COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS 28 Page 1 of 2

29 29 EpoxyGrip 2078 Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. If concrete surfaces are smooth and/or slick, abrasive blast to achieve texture of coarse sandpaper. Power mix each component, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 3 Gal. Kit EpoxyGrip 2078 Part A 2 gallon EpoxyGrip 2078 Part B 1 gallon Thinning is not required for most applications, however EpoxyGrip 2078 may be thinned up to 1 pint/gal. Reducer 1 is recommended for applications temperatures below 70 F and Reducer 2 is recommended above 70 F. Reducer 2 is recommended for brush and roller applications of EpoxyGrip One hour at 75 and less at higher temperatures. Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50 F 50 F 50 F Maximum 90 F 110 F 110 F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation. Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 I.D. minimum material hose and a.070 I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a.017 to.021 tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core. The following minimum times are based on a 2 mil DFT unthinned film. Surface Temperature To Recoat 50 F 4 days 60 F 48 hrs. 70 F 24 hrs. 80 F 12 hrs. 90 F 6 hrs. Surface Temperature Days 50 F F F 7 If the maximum recoat time is exceeded, the coating should be sweep blasted with fine aggregate to roughen the surface. Cleanup with Reducer 1 or Reducer 2. Rev. 9/20/16 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS. OSHA CLASS IIIA LIQUIDS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of 2 phone ; fax St. Louis, MO

30 EpoxyGrip 2100 High Solids Epoxy Mastic Primer High performance epoxy mastic primer Contains Micaceous Iron Oxide VOC compliant High solids formulation Excellent build on edges Rapid and extended recoat windows Recoatable with epoxies, polyurethane and polyaspartics. Single coat capability Excellent wetting and adhesion properties Superior abrasion resistance Good chemical resistance Typical Uses EpoxyGrip 2100 is used as a rapid recoat high build primer to provide excellent corrosion protection for both masonry and steel substrates. Designed to be used in interior and exterior heavy-duty service in corrosive, industrial atmospheres. Excellent for use on structural steel, steel tanks, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills, masonry surfaces and others as recommended. Can be used as a shop primer where an extended recoat window is desired. Exceed requirements of SSPC Paint 22 performance requirements. Salt Spray (ASTM B 117) 1000 hours Plane blistering or rusting: none Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060) 1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss CS 17 wheel 78 mg Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794) Direct impact 80 in-lbs. Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) 4007 psi Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250 F Non-continuous 300 F Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 79 %+1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1267 sq. ft Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 1.34 lbs./gal. 162 g/l Reducer 1 pint/gal lbs./gal. 230 g/l Reducer 1 pint/gal lbs./gal. 235 g/l EpoxyGrip 2100 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes Acidic Not recommended Good Good Alkaline Not recommended Excellent Excellent Solvents Not recommended Good Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent Excellent Film Thickness (per coat) Dry film thickness: 4 to 6 mils Wet film thickness: 5 to 8 mils Theoretical Coverage: 253 sq. 5 mils DFT Primer/Substrates EpoxyGrip 2100 is normally applied directly to steel or concrete as recommended. EpoxyGrip 2100 should be applied to cured ZincGard 1000 by thinning one pint/gallon with Reducer 2 and applying a mist coat approximately 3 mils wet which seals the porous inorganic zinc. The mist coat is followed by another light coat to achieve the total desired film thickness. Consult SSPC-PS guide 8.00 for topcoating zinc-rich primers. EpoxyGrip 2100 is normally topcoated with an epoxy finish such as EpoxyGrip 2000 or a urethane finish such as UreGrip 3000 or UreGrip EpoxyGrip 2100, like other epoxies, tends to chalk and amber when exposed to sunlight in a humid environment. EpoxyGrip 2100 is available in unmatched grey. Packaging unit 2 gal. 10 gal. Part A 1 gal. 5 gal. Part B 1 gal. 5 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 26 lbs. 130 lbs. 1 gal. 5 gal. Reducer 1 8 lbs. 40 lbs. Reducer 2 9 lbs. 45 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Part A 39 F Part B 103 F Reducer 1 53 F Reducer F Shelf Life: 2 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40 F to 110 F. COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS 30 Page 1 of 2

31 31 EpoxyGrip 2100 Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Steel: Abrasive blasting is preferred when possible as the performance is enhanced. For normal environments, abrasive blast to a Commercial finish per SSPC-SP 6 to obtain a 1 ½ to 3 mil profile. For immersion conditions, abrasive blast to a Near-White finish per SSPC-SP 10 to obtain 1 ½ to 3 mil profile. For mild environments, which do not permit abrasive blasting, Hand Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 2, Power Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 3 or High Pressure Water cleaning per SSPC-SP12/NACE 5 WJ-4 is recommended. Concrete: Minimum cure is 28 days at 75 F and 50 % RH or the equivalent. Abrasive blast to remove laitance and form oils and to produce a surface roughness similar to medium sandpaper. Surfacing may be required to fill holes in order to produce a sealed surface. Power mix each component, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 2 Gal. Kit 10 Gal. Kit EpoxyGrip 2100 Part A 1 gallon 5 gallon EpoxyGrip 2000 Part B 1 gallon 5 gallon Thinning is not required for most applications; however, EpoxyGrip 2100 may be thinned up to 1 pint/gal. Reducer 1 is recommended for applications temperatures below 70 F and Reducer 2 is recommended above 70 F. Reducer 2 is recommended for overcoating inorganic zinc primers as well as for brush and roller applications of EpoxyGrip Four hours at 75 and less at higher temperatures. Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50 F 50 F 50 Maximum 90 F 110 F 110 F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation. Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 I.D. minimum material hose and a.070 I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a.017 to.021 tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core. The following minimum times are based on a 5 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Final Temperature To Touch To Handle Cure 50 F 12 hrs. 32 hrs. 4 days 60 F 6 hrs. 16 hrs. 2 days 70 F 3 hrs. 8 hrs. 1 day 80 F 2 hrs. 5 hrs. 12 hrs. 90 F 1 hr. 3 hrs. 6 hrs. EpoxyGrip 2100 can be applied in a wet-on-wet manner, which eliminates the dry time between coats when recoating with itself. When recoating with UreGrip, EpoxyGrip 2100 should dry according to the To Handle schedule. EpoxyGrip 2100 is formulated with a 30 day recoat window. Since epoxies tend to chalk, it is imperative that the chalk and surface contamination be removed prior to recoating. High pressure water washing is an acceptable method of removing chalk and surface contamination. Cleanup with Reducer 1, Reducer 2 or a ketone like Methyl-Ethyl Ketone. Rev. 9/20/16 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of 2 phone ; fax St. Louis, MO

32 EpoxyGrip 2118 Epoxy Mastic Floor Coating Locally available color system High Gloss VOC compliant High Solids Formulation Excellent build on edges Rapid and extended recoat windows Excellent wetting and adhesion properties Good chemical resistance EpoxyGrip 2118 Floor Finish is used as a finish coat for flooring applications over epoxy primers in general duty and corrosive environments. Where exterior color fastness is required EpoxyGrip 2118 Floor Finish may be topcoated with polyurethane finishes. Used as a finish coat for flooring applications in refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, pulp & paper mills, warehousing, general manufacturing environments, and other areas as recommended. Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060) 1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss CS 17 wheel 60 mg Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794) Direct impact 80 in-lbs. Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) 4031 psi Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250 F Non-continuous 300 F Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 80%+1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1,283 sq. ft. Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 1.53 lbs./gal. 185 g/l Reducer 1 quart/gal lbs./gal. 316 g/l Reducer 1 quart/gal lbs./gal. 358 g/l EpoxyGrip 2118 Floor Finish is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes Acidic Not recommended Good Good Alkaline Not recommended Excellent Excellent Solvents Not recommended Good Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent Excellent Dry film thickness: 4 to 6 mils Wet film thickness: 5 to 9 mils Theoretical coverage: 257 sq. 5 mils DFT Note: One coat is normally required; however, certain colors may require additional coats for hiding. EpoxyGrip 2118 Floor Finish can be applied over EpoxyGrip 2100 or EpoxyGrip 2000 or other primers as recommended. EpoxyGrip 2118 Floor Finish, like other epoxies, tends to chalk and amber when exposed to sunlight in a humid environment. Urethane topcoats are recommended to maintain a colorfast system under these conditions. UreGrip 3000 and UreGrip 3300 are recommended topcoats for EpoxyGrip 2118 Floor Finish. EpoxyGrip 2118 Floor Finish is available in a state-of-the-art color system providing accurate quality matches. A color chart of 100 commonly used colors is provided for your convenience. Custom colors can be computer matched. Packaging unit 3 gal. 15 gal. Part A 2 gal. 10 gal. Part B 1 gal. 5 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 37 lbs. 185 lbs. 1 gal. 5 gal. Reducer 1 8 lbs. 40 lbs. Reducer 2 9 lbs. 45 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Part A 94 F Part B 108 F Reducer 1 53 F Reducer F Shelf Life: 2 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40 F to 110 F. COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS 32 Page 1 of 2

33 33 EpoxyGrip 2118 Surface Preparation Concrete: Minimum cure is 28 days at 75 F and 50 % RH or the equivalent. Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Abrasive blast to remove laitance and form oils and produce a surface roughness similar to medium sandpaper. Surfacing may be required to fill holes in order to produce a sealed surface. Power mix each component, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 3 Gal. Kit 15 Gal. Kit EpoxyGrip 2118 Part A 2 gallon 10 gallon EpoxyGrip 2118 Floor Finish Part B 1 gallon 5 gallon Thinning is not required for most applications; however EpoxyGrip 2118 Floor Finish may be thinned up to 1 quart/gal. Reducer 1 is recommended for applications temperatures below 70 F and Reducer 2 is recommended above 70 F. Reducer 2 is recommended for brush and roller applications of EpoxyGrip 2118 Floor Finish. Three hours at 75 and less at higher temperatures. Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50 F 50 F 50 Maximum 90 F 110 F 110 F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation. Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 I.D. minimum material hose and a.070 I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a.017 to.021 tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core. The following minimum times are based on a 5 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Final Temperature To Touch To Handle Cure 50 F 12 hrs. 32 hrs. 4 days 60 F 6 hrs. 16 hrs. 2 days 70 F 3 hrs. 8 hrs. 1 day 80 F 2 hrs. 5 hrs. 12 hrs. 90 F 1 hr. 3 hrs. 6 hrs. EpoxyGrip 2118 Floor Finish has a 30-day maximum recoat window. It is imperative that chalk and surface contamination be removed prior to recoating. High pressure washing is an acceptable method to removing chalk and surface contamination. For applications requiring more than 30 days, please contact US Coatings for recommendations. Cleanup with Reducer 1 or Reducer 2. Rev. 9/20/16 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of 2 phone ; fax St. Louis, MO

34 EpoxyGrip 2130 High Solids Low Temperature Cure Epoxy Mastic Primer Low temperature cure High performance epoxy mastic primer Contains Micaceous Iron Oxide VOC compliant High solids formulation Excellent build on edges Rapid and extended recoat windows Recoatable with epoxies and polyurethane Single coat capability Excellent wetting and adhesion properties Flexible film Good chemical resistance Typical Uses EpoxyGrip 2130 is used as a rapid recoat high build primer to provide excellent corrosion protection for both masonry and steel substrates in low temperature conditions. Use of EpoxyGrip 2130 may extend the painting season for applications down to 35 F. Designed to be used in interior and exterior heavy-duty service in corrosive, industrial atmospheres. Excellent for use on structural steel, steel tanks, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills, masonry surfaces and others as recommended. Can be used as a shop primer where an extended recoat window is desired. Exceed requirements of SSPC Paint 22 performance requirements. Salt Spray (ASTM B 117) 1000 hours Plane blistering or rusting: none Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060) 1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss CS 17 wheel 78 mg Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794) Direct impact 80 in-lbs. Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) 4007 psi Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250 F Non-continuous 300 F Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 84 %+1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1,347 sq. ft Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 1.18 lbs./gal. 143 g/l Reducer 1 pint/gal lbs./gal. 219 g/l Reducer 1 pint/gal lbs./gal. 225 g/l EpoxyGrip 2130 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes Acidic Not recommended Good Good Alkaline Not recommended Excellent Excellent Solvents Not recommended Good Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent Excellent Film Thickness (per coat) Dry film thickness: 4 to 6 mils Wet film thickness: 5 to 8 mils Theoretical Coverage: 270 sq. 5 mils DFT Primer/Substrates EpoxyGrip 2130 is normally applied directly to steel or concrete as recommended. EpoxyGrip 2130 should be applied to cured ZincGard 1000 by thinning one pint/gallon with Reducer 2 and applying a mist coat approximately 3 mils wet which seals the porous inorganic zinc. The mist coat is followed by another light coat to achieve the total desired film thickness. Consult SSPC-PS guide 8.00 for topcoating zinc-rich primers. EpoxyGrip 2130 is normally topcoated with an epoxy finish such as EpoxyGrip 2000 or a urethane finish such as UreGrip 3000 or UreGrip EpoxyGrip 2130, like other epoxies, tends to chalk and amber when exposed to sunlight in a humid environment. EpoxyGrip 2130 is available in red and grey. See Color Chart for approximate color. Packaging unit 2 gal. 10 gal. Part A 1 gal. 5 gal. Part B 1 gal. 5 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 28 lbs. 140 lbs. 1 gal. 5 gal. Reducer 1 8 lbs. 40 lbs. Reducer 2 9 lbs. 45 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Part A 108 F Part B 80 F Reducer 1 53 F Reducer 2 78 F Shelf Life: 2 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40 F to 110 F. COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS 34 Page 1 of 2

35 35 EpoxyGrip 2130 Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Steel: Abrasive blasting is preferred when possible as the performance is enhanced. For normal environments, abrasive blast to a Commercial finish per SSPC-SP 6 to obtain a 1 ½ to 3 mil profile. For immersion conditions, abrasive blast to a Near-White finish per SSPC-SP 10 to obtain 1 ½ to 3 mil profile. For mild environments, which do not permit abrasive blasting, Hand Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 2, Power Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 3 or High Pressure Water cleaning per SSPC-SP12/NACE 5 WJ-4 is recommended. Concrete: Minimum cure is 28 days at 75 F and 50 % RH or the equivalent. Abrasive blast to remove laitance and form oils and to produce a surface roughness similar to medium sandpaper. Surfacing may be required to fill holes in order to produce a sealed surface. Power mix each component, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 2 Gal. Kit 10 Gal. Kit EpoxyGrip 2100 Part A 1 gallon 5 gallon EpoxyGrip 2130 Part B 1 gallon 5 gallon Thinning is not required for most applications; however EpoxyGrip 2130 may be thinned up to 1 pint/gal. Reducer 1 is recommended for most applications, however, Reducer 3 may be used when topcoating with EpoxyGrip 2130, EpoxyGrip 2030, UreGrip 3000 or UreGrip Thirty minutes at 75 F and less at higher temperatures. One hour at 60 F Two hours at 45 F Four hours at 35 F Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50 F 50 F 50 Maximum 90 F 110 F 110 F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation. Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 I.D. minimum material hose and a.070 I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a.017 to.021 tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core. The following minimum times are based on a 5 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Temperature Cure To Topcoat 35 F 16 hrs 45 F 8 hrs. 60 F 4 hrs. 75 F 2 hrs. EpoxyGrip 2130 can be applied in a wet-on-wet manner, which eliminates the dry time between coats when recoating with itself. When recoating with UreGrip, EpoxyGrip 2030 should dry according to the Cure To Topcoat schedule. EpoxyGrip 2130 has a 30-day maximum recoat window. It is imperative that chalk and surface contamination be removed prior to recoating. High pressure washing is an acceptable method to remove chalk and surface contamination. For applications requiring longer than 30 days, please contact US Coatings for recommendations. Cleanup with Reducer 1 or Reducer 3. Rev. 9/20/16 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of 2 phone ; fax St. Louis, MO

36 GlassGrip 2200 High Solids Glass Flake Epoxy Glass Flake pigmentation Excellent water resistance Excellent abrasion resistance VOC compliant High Solids Formulation Excellent build on edges Rapid and extended recoat windows Excellent wetting and adhesion properties Good chemical resistance Internally reinforced coating A high build two-coat epoxy system used for steel surfaces requiring abrasion and water resistance. Where exterior color fastness is required GlassGrip 2200 may be top-coated with polyurethane finishes. Used on barge hulls, steel tanks, offshore platforms, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills, masonry surfaces and other areas as recommended. Salt Spray (ASTM B 117) 1000 hours Plane blistering or rusting: none Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794) Direct impact 80 in-lbs psi Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250 F Non-continuous 300 F Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 80%+1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) Volatile Organic Content Unthinned Reducer 1 pint/gal. Reducer 1 pint/gal. 1,283 sq. ft lbs./gal. 177 g/l 2.06 lbs./gal. 249 g/l 2.11 lbs./gal g/l GlassGrip 2200 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes Acidic Not recommended Excellent Excellent Alkaline Not recommended Excellent Excellent Solvents Not recommended Excellent Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent Excellent Dry film thickness: 8 to 10 mils Wet film thickness: 10 to 13 mils Theoretical coverage: 160 sq. 8 mils DFT GlassGrip 2200 is normally applied directly to abrasive blasted steel with a deep anchor pattern. GlassGrip 2200 can also be applied to cured ZincGard 1000 by thinning one pint/gallon with Reducer 2 and applying a mist coat approximately 3mils wet which seals the porous inorganic zinc. The mist coat is followed by another light coat to achieve the total desired film thickness. GlassGrip 2200 is applied without a mist coat to ZincGard 1500, EpoxyGrip 2100 and MasticGrip Consult SSPC-PS Guide 8.00 for topcoating zincrich primers. GlassGrip 2200 is recommended as a single coat system in atmospheric environments and two coats in aqueous immersion. Urethane topcoats are recommended to control chalking of the epoxy and maintain a colorfast system. UreGrip 3000 and UreGrip 3300 are recommended topcoats for GlassGrip GlassGrip 2200 is black. Other custom colors may be available upon special request. Packaging unit 2 gal. 10 gal. GlassGrip 2200 Part A 1 gal. 5 gal. EpoxyGrip 2000 Part B 1 gal. 5 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 28 lbs. 140 lbs. 1 gal. 5 gal. Reducer 1 8 lbs. 40 lbs. Reducer 2 9 lbs. 45 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Part A 108 F Part B 108 F Reducer 1 53 F Reducer F Shelf Life: 2 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40 F to 110 F. COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS 36 Page 1 of 2

37 37 GlassGrip 2200 Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Steel: For atmospheric service, abrasive blast to a Commercial finish per SSPC-SP 6 to obtain a 1 ½ to 3 mil profile. For immersion service, abrasive blast to a Near-White finish per SSPC-SP 10 to obtain 3 to 4 mil profile. Concrete: Minimum cure is 28 days at 75 F and 50 % RH or the equivalent. Abrasive blast to remove laitance and form oils and to produce a surface roughness similar to medium sandpaper. Surfacing may be required to fill holes in order to produce a sealed surface. Power mix each component, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 2 Gal. Kit 10 Gal. Kit GlassGrip 2200 Part A 1 gallon 5 gallon EpoxyGrip 2000 Part B 1 gallon 5 gallon Thinning is not required for most applications; however GlassGrip 2200 may be thinned up to 1 pint/gal. Reducer 1 is recommended for applications temperatures below 70 F and Reducer 2 is recommended above 70 F. Reducer 2 is recommended for overcoating inorganic zinc primers as well as for brush and roller applications of GlassGrip Three hours at 75 and less at higher temperatures. Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50 F 50 F 50 Maximum 90 F 110 F 110 F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be at least 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation. Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as Binks 7E2 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 I.D. material hose and a.070 I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco s Bulldog with a 45:1 ratio and a.035 to.041 tip is recommended. An inline filter is not recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core. The following minimum times are based on 8 mils DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Final Temperature To Touch To Handle Cure 50 F 12 hrs. 32 hrs. 4 days 60 F 6 hrs. 16 hrs. 2 days 70 F 3 hrs. 8 hrs. 1 day 80 F 2 hrs. 5 hrs. 12 hrs. 90 F 1 hr. 3 hrs. 6 hrs. Final cure times are the minimum times for water immersion. Surface Temperature Days 50 F F F 30 If the maximum recoat time is exceeded, the coating should be sweep blasted with fine aggregate to roughen the surface. Cleanup with Reducer 1 or Reducer 2. Rev. 9/20/16 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of 2 phone ; fax St. Louis, MO

38 Glass Flake pigmentation Low Temperature Cure Surface Tolerant Excellent water resistance Excellent abrasion resistance VOC compliant High Solids Formulation Excellent build on edges Rapid and extended recoat windows Excellent wetting and adhesion properties Good chemical resistance Internally reinforced coating A high build two-coat epoxy system used for steel surfaces requiring abrasion and water resistance. Where exterior color fastness is required GlassGrip 2230 may be top-coated with polyurethane finishes. Used on barge hulls, steel tanks, offshore platforms, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills, masonry surfaces and other areas as recommended. Salt Spray (ASTM B 117) 1000 hours Plane blistering or rusting: none Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794) Direct impact 80 in-lbs psi Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250 F Non-continuous 300 F Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 80%+1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) Volatile Organic Content Unthinned Reducer 1 pint/gal. Reducer 1 pint/gal. 1,283 sq. ft lbs./gal lbs./gal lbs./gal. GlassGrip 2230 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes Acidic Not recommended Excellent Excellent Alkaline Not recommended Excellent Excellent Solvents Not recommended Excellent Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent Excellent Dry film thickness: 8 to 10 mils Wet film thickness: 10 to 13 mils Theoretical coverage: 160 sq. 8 mils DFT GlassGrip 2230 is normally applied directly to abrasive blasted steel with a deep anchor pattern. GlassGrip 2230 can also be applied to cured ZincGard 1000 by thinning one pint/gallon with Reducer 2 and applying a mist coat approximately 3mils wet which seals the porous inorganic zinc. The mist coat is followed by another light coat to achieve the total desired film thickness. GlassGrip 2230 is applied without a mist coat to ZincGard 1500, EpoxyGrip 2100 and MasticGrip Consult SSPC-PS Guide 8.00 for topcoating zincrich primers. GlassGrip 2230 is recommended as a single coat system in atmospheric environments and two coats in aqueous immersion. Urethane topcoats are recommended to control chalking of the epoxy and maintain a colorfast system. UreGrip 3000 and UreGrip 3300 are recommended topcoats for GlassGrip GlassGrip 2230 is stocked in black. Other colors are available upon special request. Packaging unit 2 gal. 10 gal. GlassGrip 2200 Base 1 gal. 5 gal. EpoxyGrip 2030 Converter 1 gal. 5 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 28 lbs. 140 lbs. 1 gal. 5 gal. Reducer 1 8 lbs. 40 lbs. Reducer 2 9 lbs. 45 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Base 94 F Converter 80 F Reducer 1 53 F Reducer F Shelf Life: 3 years for both the base and the converter when stored inside at 40 F to 110 F. 38 Page 1 of 2

39 39 Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Steel: For atmospheric service, abrasive blast to a Commercial finish per SSPC-SP 6 to obtain a 1 ½ to 3 mil profile. For immersion service, abrasive blast to a Near-White finish per SSPC-SP 10 to obtain 3 to 4 mil profile. Concrete: Minimum cure is 28 days at 75 F and 50 % RH or the equivalent. Abrasive blast to remove laitance and form oils and to produce a surface roughness similar to medium sandpaper. Surfacing may be required to fill holes in order to produce a sealed surface. Power mix each component, then blend Converter into the Base and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 2 Gal. Kit 10 Gal. Kit GlassGrip 2200 Base 1 gallon 5 gallon EpoxyGrip 2030 Converter 1 gallon 5 gallon Thinning is not required for most applications; however GlassGrip 2230 may be thinned up to 1 pint/gal. Reducer 1 is recommended for applications temperatures below 70 F and Reducer 2 is recommended above 70 F. Reducer 2 is recommended for overcoating inorganic zinc primers as well as for brush and roller applications of GlassGrip Thirty minutes at 75 and less at higher temperatures. Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50 F 50 F 50 Maximum 90 F 110 F 110 F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be at least 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation. Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as Binks 7E2 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 I.D. material hose and a.070 I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco s Bulldog with a 45:1 ratio and a.035 to.041 tip is recommended. An inline filter is not recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core. The following minimum times are based on 8 mils DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Final Temperature To Touch To Handle Cure 50 F 6 hrs. 8 hrs. 2 days 60 F 3 hrs. 4 hrs. 1 days 70 F 1.5 hrs. 2 hrs. 18 hrs. 80 F 1 hrs. 1.5 hrs. 12 hrs. 90 F.75 hr. 1 hr. 6 hrs. Final cure times are the minimum times for water immersion. Surface Temperature Days 50 F F F 30 If the maximum recoat time is exceeded, the coating should be sweep blasted with fine aggregate to roughen the surface. Cleanup with Reducer 1 or Reducer 2. Rev CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of 2

40 RustGrip 2300 High Solids Surface Tolerant Epoxy Features Outstanding wetting and adhesion properties Excellent adhesion to old coatings and marginally prepared substrates Reduces edge lifting of old coatings Outstanding flexibility Excellent as a universal primer and/or tie coat Very low stress Trace solvent Contains corrosion inhibitors Contrasting translucent yellow color Typical Uses RustGrip 2300 is used as a universal primer over marginally prepared steel substrates and as a bonding (tie) coat over old existing, aged coatings. The outstanding wetting characteristics of RustGrip 2300 allows the coating to penetrate tightly adherent rust and voids in existing coatings to yield a sound base for a wide variety of fresh topcoats. Being solvent free, edges of existing coatings are not lifted thus reducing undercutting and peeling of the existing coating. Excellent for use as a tie coat over existing coatings, as well as over rusted and pitted steel surfaces. Excellent for use on structural steel, steel tanks, barges, water tanks, refineries petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills and others as recommended. Acceptable as a primer for drywall substrates. Physical Data Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794) Direct impact Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250 F Non-continuous 300 F Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 100% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) Volatile Organic Content Unthinned Reducer 1 pint/gal. Reducer 1 pint/gal. 160 in-lbs psi 1604 sq. ft. 0 lbs./gal..90 lbs./gal..96 lbs./gal. Resistance Refer to desired finish coat for chemical resistance information. Film Thickness (per coat) Dry film thickness: 1 to 2 mils Wet film thickness: 1 to 2 mils Theoretical coverage: 1604 sq. 1 mil DFT 802 sq. 2 mils DFT Primer/Substrates RustGrip 2300 is used primarily over Hand Tool cleaned steel where high performance is required and abrasive blasting is impractical. Should be used as a tie coat over most existing aged coatings. A test patch over aged existing coatings is recommended. Topcoats RustGrip 2300 is typically topcoated with epoxies and / or polyurethanes such as EpoxyGrip 2100, EpoxyGrip 2000, EpoxyGrip 2200, MasticGrip 2500, UreGrip 3000 and UreGrip RustGrip 2300 may also be topcoated with alkyds, silicone alkyds, vinyls, acrylics and others as recommended. Color RustGrip is supplied in a translucent yellow color to facilitate contrast to the substrate being coated. Shipping Data Packaging unit 2 gal. 10 gal. Part A 1 gal. 5 gal. Part B 1 gal. 5 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) 2 gal. 10 gal. Package unit 20 lbs. 100 lbs 1 gal. 5 gal. Reducer 1 8 lbs. 40 lbs. Reducer 2 9 lbs. 45 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Part A <140 F Part B <140 F Reducer 1 53 F Reducer F Shelf Life: 3 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40 F to 110 F. COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS 40 Page 1 of 2

41 41 RustGrip 2300 Surface Preparation Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Steel and Aged Galvanized: Hand Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 2, Power Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 3 or High Pressure Water cleaning per SSPC- SP12/NACE 5 WJ-4. Mixing Power mix each component, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 2 Gal. Kit 10 Gal. Kit RustGrip 2300 Part A 1 gallon 5 gallon RustGrip 2300 Part B 1 gallon 5 gallon Thinning Thinning is not required for most applications; however RustGrip 2300 may be thinned up to 1 pint/gal. Reducer 1 is recommended for applications temperatures below 70 F and Reducer 2 is recommended above 70 F. Pot Life One hour at 75 and less at higher temperatures. Applications Conditions Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50 F 50 F 50 Maximum 90 F 110 F 110 F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation. Application Equipment Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 I.D. minimum material hose and a.070 I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a.017 to.021 tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core. Drying Time The following minimum times are based on a 2 mil DFT unthinned film. Surface Temperature To Recoat 50 F 4 days 60 F 48 hrs. 70 F 24 hrs. 80 F 12 hrs. 90 F 6 hrs. Maximum Recoat Surface Temperature Days 50 F F F 30 If the maximum recoat time is exceeded, the coating should be sweep blasted with fine aggregate to roughen the surface. Cleanup Cleanup with Reducer 1 or Reducer 2. Rev. 3/22/16 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS. OSHA CLASS IIIA LIQUIDS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of 2 phone ; fax St. Louis, MO

42 RustGrip 2330 High Solids Surface Tolerant Epoxy Features Outstanding wetting and adhesion properties Low temperature cure Excellent adhesion to old coatings and marginally prepared substrates Reduces edge lifting of old coatings Outstanding flexibility Excellent as a universal primer and/or tie coat Very low stress Trace solvent Contains corrosion inhibitors Contrasting translucent yellow color RustGrip 2330 is used as a universal primer over marginally prepared steel substrates and as a bonding (tie) coat over old existing, aged coatings. The outstanding wetting characteristics of RustGrip 2330 allows the coating to penetrate tightly adherent rust and voids in existing coatings to yield a sound base for a wide variety of fresh topcoats. Being solvent free, edges of existing coatings are not lifted thus reducing undercutting and peeling of the existing coating. Excellent for use as a tie coat over existing coatings, as well as over rusted and pitted steel surfaces. Excellent for use on structural steel, steel tanks, barges, water tanks, refineries petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills and others as recommended. Acceptable for drywall substrates. Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794) Direct impact 160 in-lbs psi Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250 F Non-continuous 300 F Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 100% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) Volatile Organic Content Unthinned Reducer 1 pint/gal. Reducer 1 pint/gal. 1,604 sq. ft. 0 lbs./gal 0 g/l.90 lbs./gal. 109 g/l.96 lbs./gal. 109 g/l Refer to desired finish coat for chemical resistance information. Dry film thickness: 1 to 2 mils Wet film thickness: 1 to 2 mils Theoretical coverage: 1,604 sq. 1 mil DFT 802 sq. 2 mils DFT RustGrip 2330 is used primarily over Hand Tool cleaned steel where high performance is required and abrasive blasting is impractical. Should be used as a tie coat over most existing aged coatings. A test patch over aged existing coatings is recommended. RustGrip 2330 is typically topcoated with epoxies and / or polyurethanes such as EpoxyGrip 2100, EpoxyGrip 2000, EpoxyGrip 2200, MasticGrip 2500, UreGrip 3000 and UreGrip RustGrip 2330 may also be topcoated with alkyds, silicone alkyds, vinyls, acrylics and others as recommended. RustGrip 2330 is supplied in a translucent yellow color to facilitate contrast to the substrate being coated. Packaging unit 2 gal. 10 gal. Part A 1 gal. 5 gal. Part B 1 gal. 5 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) 2 gal. 10 gal. Package unit 20 lbs. 100 lbs 1 gal. 5 gal. Reducer 1 8 lbs. 40 lbs. Reducer 2 9 lbs. 45 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Part A above 140 F Part B above 140 F Reducer 1 53 F Reducer F Shelf Life: 2 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40 F to 110 F. COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS 42 Page 1 of 2

43 43 RustGrip 2330 Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Steel and Aged Galvanized: Hand Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 2, Power Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 3 or High Pressure Water cleaning per SSPC- SP12/NACE 5 WJ-4. Power mix each component, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 2 Gal. Kit 10 Gal. Kit RustGrip 2300 Part A 1 gallon 5 gallon RustGrip 2330 Part B 1 gallon 5 gallon Thinning is not required for most applications; however RustGrip 2330 may be thinned up to 1 pint/gal. Reducer 1 is recommended for applications temperatures below 70 F and Reducer 2 is recommended above 70 F. One hour at 60 and less at higher temperatures. Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50 F 40 F 40 Maximum 90 F 110 F 110 F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation. Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 I.D. minimum material hose and a.070 I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a.017 to.021 tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core. The following minimum times are based on a 2 mil DFT unthinned film. Surface Temperature To Recoat 40 F 48 hrs. 50 F 24 hrs. 60 F 18 hrs. 70 F 12 hrs. Surface Temperature Days 50 F F F 30 If the maximum recoat time is exceeded, the coating should be sweep blasted with fine aggregate to roughen the surface. Cleanup with Reducer 1 or Reducer 2. Rev. 9/19/16 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS. OSHA CLASS IIIA LIQUIDS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of 2 phone ; fax St. Louis, MO

44 EpoxyGrip 2400 Flow Line Coating Features Hard, smooth coating for improved flow Outstanding flexibility Glossy finish ZERO VOC 100% Solids Formulation (replaces low solids epoxies) Single coat capability Excellent wetting and adhesion properties Good chemical resistance Contrasting red color Convenient 3 to 1 mix ratio EpoxyGrip 2400 is used to line the interior of steel pipe to improve the flow characteristics of natural gas through the pipeline. The hard, smooth surface reduces the drag of the petroleum being pumped through the pipeline. EpoxyGrip 2400 enhances long-term corrosion protection of the steel pipe. Meets or exceeds the requirements of API Recommended Practice 5L2 and International Standard ISO Flexibility (ASTM D a) 1/2 Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) 5354 psi Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250 F Non-continuous (short duration) 500 F Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 100% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1,604 sq. ft. Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 0 lbs./gal. 0 g/l Dry film thickness: 2 to 3 mils (unthinned) Wet film thickness: 2 to 3 mils Theoretical coverage: 642 sq. 2.5 mils DFT EpoxyGrip 2400 is self-priming and used primarily over abrasive blasted steel. EpoxyGrip 2400 is typically applied as a single coat system without topcoats. EpoxyGrip 2400 is supplied in a brick red color to facilitate color contrast to the substrate. Packaging unit 4 gal. 20 gal. Part A 3 gal. 15 gal. Part B 1 gal. 5 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 45 lbs. 220 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Part A above 140 F Part B above 140 F Shelf Life: 2 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40 F to 110 F. EpoxyGrip 2400 has the following resistance when the respective chemical is mixed into the petroleum product at low concentrations. These guide resistances are based on ambient temperatures and pressures. Splash & Exposure Immersion Fumes Acidic Excellent Excellent Alkaline Excellent Excellent Solvents Excellent Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS 44 Page 1 of 2

45 45 EpoxyGrip 2400 Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Steel: Abrasive blasting is preferred when possible as the performance is enhanced. For immersion conditions, abrasive blast to a Near-White finish per SSPC-SP 10 to obtain 1 ½ to 2 mil profile. Mix each component until uniform, then blend Part B and A together using two 24 inch 1/8 static mixers at the following ratio: 4 Gal. Kit 20 Gal. Kit EpoxyGrip 2400 Part A 3 gallon 15 gallon EpoxyGrip 2400 Part B 1 gallon 5 gallon Thinning is not required for heated two-component airless applications. Viscosity reduction is accomplished by heating the material such that the material at the tip is F. Unthinned: Viscosity 100 F 15 minutes 4,000 centipoise 115 F 10 minutes 3000 centipoise 130 F 5 minutes 2000 centipoise *Pot life is defined as the time the catalyzed mixture maintains a sprayable viscosity. Material Surface Ambient Minimum 100 F 50 F 50 Maximum 150 F 200 F 150 F Special adjustments and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco s two component, heated Xtreme Mix with.015 tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended. Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers, which do not pull air into the EpoxyGrip Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core for touch-up only. The following minimum times are based on a 3 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Temperature To Touch To Handle 50 F 16 hrs. 24hrs. 60 F 8 hrs. 12 hrs. 70 F 4 hrs. 6 hrs. 85 F 2 hrs. 3 hrs. 100 F 1 hr. 2 hrs.. Surface Temperature Days 50 F F F 7 If the maximum recoat time is exceeded, the coating should be sweep blasted with fine aggregate to roughen the surface. Cleanup with acetone or MEK. Rev. 9/20/16 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS. OSHA CLASS IIIA LIQUIDS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of 2 phone ; fax St. Louis, MO

46 MasticGrip 2500 High Solids Aluminum Mastic Epoxy Surface tolerant coating Excellent corrosion protection Aluminum pigmentation / low moisture permeability VOC compliant Excellent edge protection Extended recoat window Single coat capability Outstanding wetting and adhesion properties Good chemical resistance Excellent Flexibility MasticGrip 2500 provides excellent corrosion protection over tightly adhered rust and hand tooled cleaned steel surfaces. Primarily used where abrasive blasting is not permitted or possible. MasticGrip 2500 is widely used as a touch-up primer for shop primed steel prior to field finishing. May be topcoated with epoxies and/or polyurethane for extended corrosion protection and color fastness. Excellent for use as a spot primer on tank exteriors prior to top coating and on structural steel, steel tanks, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills, and others as recommended. Exceed performance requirements of SSPC Coating System No Salt Spray (ASTM B 117) 1000 hours Plane blistering or rusting: none Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060) 1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss CS 17 wheel 51 mg Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794) Direct impact 160 in-lbs. Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) 4,407 psi Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250 F Non-continuous 300 F Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 80%+1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1,283 sq. ft. Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 1.48 lbs./gal. 179 g/l Reducer 1 pint/gal lbs./gal. 250 g/l Reducer 1 pint/gal lbs./gal. 258 g/l MasticGrip 2500 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes Acidic Not recommended Good Good Alkaline Not recommended Excellent Excellent Solvents Not recommended Good Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent Excellent Dry film thickness: 4 to 6 mils Wet film thickness: 5 to 9 mils Theoretical coverage: 257 sq. 5 mils DFT MasticGrip 2500 can be applied directly to properly cleaned and prepared steel and concrete. MasticGrip 2500 can also be applied over ZincGard 1000 by thinning one pint per gallon with Reducer #2 and applying a mist coat approximately 4 mils wet to seal the inorganic zinc. The mist coat is followed by another light coat to gain the desired film thickness. MasticGrip 2500 can be applied directly over ZincGard Consult SSPC-PS Guide 8.00 for top coating zinc-rich primers. MasticGrip 2500 is recommended as a single coat system in benign environments as the aluminum pigmentation reduces the chalking rate of the epoxy. MasticGrip 2500 is normally topcoated with EpoxyGrip 2000 for a chemical resistant finish. Approved finish coats such as UreGrip 3000 or MultiGrip 7000XP are recommended to control the erosion of the epoxy and maintain a colorfast system. MasticGrip 2500 is available in a matte aluminum finish. The aluminum pigmentation provides exceptional corrosion resistance. Packaging unit 2 gal. 10 gal. Part A 1 gal. 5 gal. Part B 1 gal. 5 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 28 lbs. 140 lbs. 1 gal 5 gal. Reducer 1 8 lbs. 40 lbs. Reducer 2 9 lbs. 45 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Part A 98 F Part B 133 F Reducer 1 53 F Reducer F Shelf Life: 2 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40 F to 110 F. COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS 46 Page 1 of 2

47 47 MasticGrip 2500 Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Steel: Abrasive blasting is preferred when possible as the performance is enhanced. For normal environments, abrasive blast to a Commercial finish per SSPC-SP 6 to obtain a 1 ½ to 3 mil profile. For immersion conditions, abrasive blast to a Near-White finish per SSPC-SP 10 to obtain 1 ½ to 3 mil profile. For mild environments, which do not permit abrasive blasting, Hand Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 2, Power Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 3 or High Pressure Water cleaning per SSPC-SP12/NACE 5 WJ-4 is recommended. Concrete: Minimum cure is 28 days at 75 F and 50 % RH or the equivalent. Abrasive blast to remove laitance and form oils and to produce a surface roughness similar to medium sandpaper. Surfacing may be required to fill holes in order to produce a sealed surface. Power mix each component, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 2 Gal. Kit 10 Gal. Kit MasticGrip 2500 Part A 1 gallon 5 gallon MasticGrip 2500 Part B 1 gallon 5 gallon Thinning is not required for most applications; however MasticGrip 2500 may be thinned up to 1 pint/gal. Reducer 1 is recommended for applications temperatures below 70 F and Reducer 2 is recommended above 70 F. Reducer 2 is recommended for overcoating inorganic zinc primers as well as for brush and roller applications of MasticGrip Four hours at 75 and less at higher temperatures. Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50 F 50 F 50 Maximum 90 F 110 F 110 F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation. Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 I.D. minimum material hose and a.070 I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a.017 to.021 tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core. The following minimum times are based on a 5 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Final Temperature To Touch To Handle Cure 50 F 20 hrs. 48 hrs. 10 days 60 F 10 hrs. 24 hrs. 5 days 70 F 5 hrs. 12 hrs. 3 day 80 F 3 hrs. 6 hrs. 2 day. 90 F 2 hr. 3 hrs. 1 day MasticGrip 2500 can be applied in a wet-on-wet manner with itself or with EpoxyGrip 2000, which eliminates the dry time between coats. When recoating with UreGrip 3000 or MultiGrip 7000XP, MasticGrip 2500 should dry according to the To Handle schedule. MasticGrip 2500 has a 30-day recoat window. It is imperative to remove chalk and surface contamination prior to recoating. High pressure washing is an acceptable method of removing chalk and surface contamination. For application requiring longer than 30 days, please contact US Coatings for recommendations. Cleanup with Reducer 1 or Reducer 2. Rev. 9/19/16 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of 2 phone ; fax St. Louis, MO

48 48 MasticGrip 2500 VOC High Solids Aluminum Mastic Epoxy Surface tolerant coating Excellent corrosion protection Aluminum pigmentation / low moisture permeability VOC compliant Excellent edge protection Extended recoat window Single coat capability Outstanding wetting and adhesion properties Good chemical resistance Excellent Flexibility MasticGrip 2500 VOC provides excellent corrosion protection over tightly adhered rust and hand tooled cleaned steel surfaces. Primarily used where abrasive blasting is not permitted or possible. MasticGrip 2500 is widely used as a touch-up primer for shop primed steel prior to field finishing. May be topcoated with epoxies and/or polyurethane for extended corrosion protection and color fastness. Excellent for use as a spot primer on tank exteriors prior to top coating and on structural steel, steel tanks, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills, and others as recommended. Exceed performance requirements of SSPC Coating System No Salt Spray (ASTM B 117) 1000 hours Plane blistering or rusting: none Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060) 1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss CS 17 wheel 51 mg Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794) Direct impact 160 in-lbs. Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) 4,407 psi Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250 F Non-continuous 300 F Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 80%+1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1,283 sq. ft. Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 0.74 lbs./gal. 90 g/l Reducer 1 pint/gal lbs./gal. 90 g/l Reducer 1 pint/gal lbs./gal. 90 g/l MasticGrip 2500 VOC is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes Acidic Not recommended Good Good Alkaline Not recommended Excellent Excellent Solvents Not recommended Good Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent Excellent Dry film thickness: 4 to 6 mils Wet film thickness: 5 to 9 mils Theoretical coverage: 257 sq. 5 mils DFT MasticGrip 2500 VOC can be applied directly to properly cleaned and prepared steel and concrete. MasticGrip 2500 VOC can also be applied over ZincGard 1000 by thinning one pint per gallon with Reducer #2 and applying a mist coat approximately 4 mils wet to seal the inorganic zinc. The mist coat is followed by another light coat to gain the desired film thickness. MasticGrip 2500 VOC can be applied directly over ZincGard Consult SSPC-PS Guide 8.00 for top coating zinc-rich primers. MasticGrip 2500 VOC is recommended as a single coat system in benign environments as the aluminum pigmentation reduces the chalking rate of the epoxy. MasticGrip 2500 VOC is normally topcoated with EpoxyGrip 2000 for a chemical resistant finish. Approved finish coats such as UreGrip 3000 or MultiGrip 7000XP are recommended to control the erosion of the epoxy and maintain a colorfast system. MasticGrip 2500 VOC is available in a matte aluminum finish. The aluminum pigmentation provides exceptional corrosion resistance. Packaging unit 2 gal. 10 gal. Part A 1 gal. 5 gal. Part B 1 gal. 5 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 28 lbs. 140 lbs. 1 gal 5 gal. Reducer 1 8 lbs. 40 lbs. Reducer 2 9 lbs. 45 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Part A 98 F Part B 133 F Reducer 1 53 F Reducer F Shelf Life: 2 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40 F to 110 COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS Page 1 of 2

49 MasticGrip 2500 VOC Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Steel: Abrasive blasting is preferred when possible as the performance is enhanced. For normal environments, abrasive blast to a Commercial finish per SSPC-SP 6 to obtain a 1 ½ to 3 mil profile. For immersion conditions, abrasive blast to a Near-White finish per SSPC-SP 10 to obtain 1 ½ to 3 mil profile. For mild environments, which do not permit abrasive blasting, Hand Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 2, Power Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 3 or High Pressure Water cleaning per SSPC-SP12/NACE 5 WJ-4 is recommended. Concrete: Minimum cure is 28 days at 75 F and 50 % RH or the equivalent. Abrasive blast to remove laitance and form oils and to produce a surface roughness similar to medium sandpaper. Surfacing may be required to fill holes in order to produce a sealed surface. Power mix each component, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 2 Gal. Kit 10 Gal. Kit MasticGrip 2500 Part A 1 gallon 5 gallon MasticGrip 2500 VOC Pt B. 1 gallon 5 gallon The following minimum times are based on a 5 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Final Temperature To Touch To Handle Cure 50 F 20 hrs. 48 hrs. 10 days 60 F 10 hrs. 24 hrs. 5 days 70 F 5 hrs. 12 hrs. 3 day 80 F 3 hrs. 6 hrs. 2 day. 90 F 2 hr. 3 hrs. 1 day MasticGrip 2500 VOC can be applied in a wet-on-wet manner with itself or with EpoxyGrip 2000, which eliminates the dry time between coats. When recoating with UreGrip 3000 or MultiGrip 7000XP, MasticGrip 2500 should dry according to the To Handle schedule. MasticGrip 2500 VOC has a 30-day maximum window. It is imperative to remove chalk and surface contamination prior to recoating. High pressure washing is an acceptable method of removing chalk and surface contamination. For applications requiring longer than 30 days, please contact US Coatings for recommendations. Thinning is not required for most applications; however MasticGrip 2500 may be thinned up to 1 pint/gal. Reducer 1 is recommended for applications temperatures below 70 F and Reducer 2 is recommended above 70 F. Reducer 2 is recommended for overcoating inorganic zinc primers as well as for brush and roller applications of MasticGrip 2500 VOC. Cleanup with Reducer 1 or Reducer 2. Four hours at 75 and less at higher temperatures. Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50 F 50 F 50 Maximum 90 F 110 F 110 F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation. Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 I.D. minimum material hose and a.070 I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a.017 to.021 tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core. Rev. 9/19/16 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of 2 phone ; fax St. Louis, MO 49

50 MasticGrip 2530 High Solids Low Temperature Cure Aluminum Mastic Epoxy Low temperature cure Surface tolerant coating Excellent corrosion protection Aluminum pigmentation / low moisture permeability VOC compliant Excellent edge protection Extended recoat window Single coat capability Outstanding wetting and adhesion properties Good chemical resistance Excellent Flexibility Typical Uses MasticGrip 2530 provides excellent corrosion protection over tightly adhered rust and hand tooled cleaned steel surfaces in low temperature conditions. Use of MasticGrip 2530 may extend the painting season for applications down to 35 F. MasticGrip 2530 is primarily used where abrasive blasting is not permitted or possible. MasticGrip 2530 is widely used as a touch-up primer for shop primed steel prior to field finishing. May be topcoated with epoxies and/or polyurethane for extended corrosion protection and color fastness. Excellent for use as a spot primer on tank exteriors prior to top coating and on structural steel, steel tanks, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills, and others as recommended. Exceed performance requirements of SSPC Coating System No Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060) 1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss CS 17 wheel 51 mg Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250 F Non-continuous 300 F Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 80%+1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1,283 sq. ft. Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 1.40 lbs./gal. 169 g/l Reducer 1 pint/gal lbs./gal. 242 g/l Reducer 1 pint/gal lbs./gal. 248 g/l MasticGrip2530 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes Acidic Not recommended Good Good Alkaline Not recommended Excellent Excellent Solvents Not recommended Good Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent Excellent Dry film thickness: 4 to 6 mils Wet film thickness: 5 to 9 mils Theoretical coverage: 257 sq. 5 mils DFT MasticGrip 2530 can be applied directly over Hand Tool cleaned and prepared steel and concrete. MasticGrip 2530 can also be applied to cured ZincGard 1000 by thinning one pint per gallon with Reducer #1 and applying a mist coat approximately 4 mils wet which seals the porous inorganic zinc. The mist coat is followed by another light coat to achieve the total desired film thickness. MasticGrip2530 can be applied directly to ZincGard Consult SSPC-PS Guide 8.00 for topcoating zinc-rich primers. MasticGrip 2530 is recommended as a single coat system in benign environments as the aluminum pigmentation reduces the chalking rate of the epoxy. MasticGrip 2530 is normally topcoated with EpoxyGrip 2000 or EpoxyGrip 2030 for chemical resistant finish. Approved finish oats such as UreGrip 3000 or MultiGrip 7000XP are recommended to control the erosion of the epoxy and maintain a colorfast system. MasticGrip 2530 is available in a matte aluminum finish. The aluminum pigmentation provides exceptional corrosion resistance. Packaging unit 2 gal. 10 gal. Part A 1 gal. 5 gal. Part B 1 gal. 5 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 28 lbs. 140 lbs. 1 gal 5 gal. Reducer 1 8 lbs. 40 lbs. Reducer 3 9 lbs. 45 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Part A 98 F Part B 45 F Reducer 1 53 F Reducer 3 78 F Shelf Life: 2 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40 F to 110 F. COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS 50 Page 1 of 2

51 51 MasticGrip 2530 Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Steel: Abrasive blasting is preferred when possible as the performance is enhanced. For normal environments, abrasive blast to a Commercial finish per SSPC-SP 6 to obtain a 1 ½ to 3 mil profile. For immersion conditions, abrasive blast to a Near-White finish per SSPC-SP 10 to obtain 1 ½ to 3 mil profile. For mild environments, which do not permit abrasive blasting, Hand Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 2, Power Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 3 or High Pressure Water cleaning per SSPC-SP12/NACE 5 WJ-4 is recommended. Concrete: Minimum cure is 28 days at 75 F and 50 % RH or the equivalent. Abrasive blast to remove laitance and form oils and to produce a surface roughness similar to medium sandpaper. Surfacing may be required to fill holes in order to produce a sealed surface. Power mix each component, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 2 Gal. Kit 10 Gal. Kit MasticGrip 2500 Part A 1 gallon 5 gallon MasticGrip 2530 Part B 1 gallon 5 gallon Thinning is not required for most applications; however MasticGrip 2530 may be thinned up to 1 pint/gal. Reducer 1 is recommended for most applications, however, reducer 3 may be used when topcoating MasticGrip 2530 with EpoxyGrip 2030, UreGrip 3000 or UreGrip Thirty minutes at 75 F and less at higher temperatures. One hour at 60 F Two hours at 45 F Four hours at 35 F Material Surface Ambient Minimum 35 F 35 F 35 F Maximum 75 F 85 F 85 F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation. Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 I.D. minimum material hose and a.070 I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a.017 to.021 tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core. The following minimum times are based on a 5 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Temperature Cure To Topcoat 35 F 16 hrs. 45 F 8 hrs. 60 F 4 hrs. 75 F 2 hrs. MasticGrip 2530 can be applied in a wet-on-wet manner with itself, EpoxyGrip 2030 or with EpoxyGrip 2000, which eliminates the dry time between coats. When recoating with UreGrip, MasticGrip2530 should dry according to the Cure To Topcoat schedule. MasticGrip 2530 has a 30-day recoat window. It is imperative that chalk and surface contamination be removed prior to recoating. High pressure washing is an acceptable method to remove chalk and surface contamination. For applications requiring longer than 30 days, please contact US Coatings for recommendations. Cleanup with Reducer 1 or Reducer 3. Rev. 9/19/16 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of 2 phone ; Fax St. Louis, MO

52 AquaGrip 2600 Water Based Epoxy Coating Features Water Based Semi-gloss finish VOC compliant High Solids Formulation Excellent build on edges Rapid and extended recoat windows Single coat capability Excellent wetting and adhesion properties Good chemical resistance Typical Uses Used as an intermediate or topcoat over zinc rich primers for highly corrosive environments. Where exterior color fastness is required AquaGrip 2600 may be top-coated with polyurethane or acrylic finishes. Used on structural steel, steel tanks, offshore platforms, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills, masonry surfaces and other areas as recommended. AquaGrip 2600 may be used as a surface tolerant single coat system in mild duty applications. Acceptable for drywall substrates. Qualifications Exceed requirements of SSPC Paint 22 performance requirements. Performance Data Salt Spray (ASTM B 117) 1000 hours Plane blistering or rusting: none Physical Data Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060) 1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss CS 17 wheel 22 mg Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794) Direct impact 80 in-lbs. Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) 4031 psi Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250 F Non-continuous 300 F Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 45%+1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 722 sq. ft..8 lbs./gal Film Thickness (per coat) Dry film thickness: 2 to 5 mils Wet film thickness: 5 to 11 mils Theoretical coverage: 361 sq. 2 mils DFT Note: One coat is normally required; however, certain colors may require additional coats for hiding. Primer/Substrates AquaGrip 2600 can be applied over the following primers or directly to steel or concrete as recommended. AquaGrip 2600 should be applied to cured ZincGard 1000 by thinning one pint/gallon with potable water and applying a mist coat approximately 3mils wet which seals the porous inorganic zinc. The mist coat is followed by another light coat to achieve the total desired film thickness. AquaGrip 2600 is applied without a mist coat to ZincGard 1500, EpoxyGrip 2100 and MasticGrip Consult SSPC-PS Guide 8.00 for topcoating zinc-rich primers. Topcoats AquaGrip 2600, like other epoxies, tends to chalk and amber when exposed to sunlight in a humid environment. Urethane and acrylic topcoats are recommended to control the erosion of the epoxy and maintain a colorfast system. UreGrip 3000, UreGrip 3300, and AquaGrip 5000 are recommended topcoat for AquaGrip Colors AquaGrip 2600 is available in white and gray. Custom colors are available. Shipping Data Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal. Part A 0.8 gal. 4 gal. Part B 0.2 gal. 1 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 12 lbs. 60 lbs. Reducer 1 8 lbs. 40 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Part A Above 200 F Part B 110 F Reducer 1 53 F Shelf Life: 1 year for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40 F to 110 F. Resistance AquaGrip 2600 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes Acidic Not recommended Good Good Alkaline Not recommended Excellent Excellent Solvents Not recommended Good Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent Excellent COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS 52 Page 1 of 2

53 53 AquaGrip 2600 Surface Preparation Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Steel: Abrasive blasting is preferred when possible as the performance is enhanced. For normal environments, abrasive blast to a Commercial finish per SSPC-SP 6 to obtain a 1 ½ to 3 mil profile. For immersion conditions, abrasive blast to a Near-White finish per SSPC-SP 10 to obtain 1 ½ to 3 mil profile. For mild environments, which do not permit abrasive blasting, Hand Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 2, Power Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 3 or High Pressure Water cleaning per SSPC-SP12/NACE 5 WJ-4 is recommended. Chemical treatment such as phosphatizing is preferred. Concrete: Minimum cure is 28 days at 75 F and 50 % RH or the equivalent. Abrasive blast to remove laitance and form oils and to produce a surface roughness similar to medium sandpaper. Surfacing may be required to fill holes in order to produce a sealed surface. Mixing Power mix each component, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 1 Gal. Kit 5 Gal. Kit AquaGrip 2600 Part A 0.8 gallon 4 gallon AquaGrip 2600 Part B 0.2 gallon 1 gallon Thinning Thinning is not required for most applications; however AquaGrip 2600 may be thinned up to 1 quart/gal. with potable water. Pot Life Four hours at 75 and less at higher temperatures. Application Equipment Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 I.D. minimum material hose and a.070 I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a.017 to.021 tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller designed for water based coatings. Drying Time The following minimum times are based on a 2 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Temperature To Touch To Handle 50 F 8 hrs. 16 hrs. 60 F 4 hrs. 8 hrs. 70 F 2 hrs. 4 hrs. 80 F 1 hrs. 2 hrs. 90 F 1/2 hr. 1 hrs. Maximum Recoat AquaGrip 2600 should be recoated within 30 days. Cleanup Cleanup with Reducer 1 or Methyl Ethyl Ketone. Applications Conditions Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50 F 50 F 50 Maximum 90 F 110 F 110 F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation. Rev. 3/22/16 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of 2 phone ; fax St. Louis, MO

54 AquaGrip 2600 Grout Water Based Epoxy Coating Water Based cement mortar Low odor VOC compliant Enhanced concrete adhesion Enhanced concrete strength Rapid topcoat Resin mixture used as the primer Used as a concrete patching and resurfacing compound in preparation for the concrete to receive a topcoat. Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250 F Non-continuous 300 F Theoretical coverage rate of mixed gallon of resin 120 sq. ft. 5 gallon kit with aggregate blend 1.86 cu. ft. Volatile Organic Content Mixed with aggregate blend 0.3 lbs./gal. 36 g/l AquaGrip 2600 Grout is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric exposures with recommended topcoat. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes Acidic Not recommended Good Good Alkaline Not recommended Excellent Excellent Solvents Not recommended Good Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent Excellent Dry film thickness: 1/8 to 1 inch Theoretical coverage: 89 sq. 1/4 per gallon kit The concrete surface should be primed with catalyzed AquaGrip 2600 Neat Resin. AquaGrip 2600 Grout can be topcoated with epoxies such as GripLine 6450 or EpoxyGrip AquaGrip 2600 Grout is a concrete gray color. Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal. Part A 0.8 gal. 4 gal. Part B 0.2 gal. 1 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 12 lbs. 60 lbs. Reducer 5 8 lbs. 40 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Part A Above 200 F Part B Above 200 F Reducer 5 0 F Shelf Life: 1 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40 F to 110 F. COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS 54 Page 1 of 2

55 55 AquaGrip 2600 Grout Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Abrasive blast to remove all existing coating and loose concrete. Vacuum the entire surface to remove any loose particles, dust, blast media, etc. Add vented heat and air movement if necessary to completely dry the surface. Prime the bare concrete surface using catalyzed AquaGrip 2600 Neat resin at the rate of 125 to 150 square feet per gallon. Only prime what the workers are capable of resurfacing that day. Power mix each component, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 1 Gal. Kit 5 Gal. Kit AquaGrip 2600 Part A 0.8 gallon 4 gallon AquaGrip 2600 Part B 0.2 gallon 1 gallon Sand #30-50 mesh 30 Lbs. 150 Lbs. Portland Cement Type I 9 Lbs. 45 Lbs. Note: Premix the sand and Portland cement for best results before adding the Part A and Part B mixture. Thinning is not required. Use an industrial grade steel trowel to apply and smooth out the grout mixture. The following minimum times are based on a 1 inch thickness and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Temperature To Topcoat 60 F 24 hrs. 75 F 12 hrs. 90 F 6 hrs. After topcoating, allow 7 days at 75 F before putting into service. AquaGrip 2600 Neat Resin should be topcoated within 4 hours. AquaGrip 2600 Grout should be topcoated within 30 days. Cleanup with Reducer 5. Four hours at 75 and less at higher temperatures. Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50 F 50 F 50 Maximum 90 F 110 F 110 F Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation. Rev. 9/19/16 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of 2 phone ; fax St. Louis, MO

56 EpoxyGrip High Solids Epoxy Coating Semi-gloss finish VOC compliant High Solids Formulation Formulated for Mil C 22750F Single coat capability Excellent wetting and adhesion properties Good chemical resistance Used as a Direct to Metal epoxy for Original Equipment Manufacturing especially those requiring performance compliance with Mil C 22750F. Exceeds performance requirements of MIL C 22750F. Requirements of MIL C 22750F. Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060) 1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss CS 17 wheel 22 mg Flexibility (ASTM D522) 1 inch pass Adhesion (FED-STD 141 Method 6301) no peeling Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250 F Non-continuous 300 F Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 62%+1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 994 sq. ft. 2.7 lbs./gal. 327 g/l EpoxyGrip can be applied over the following primers or directly to steel or concrete as recommended. EpoxyGrip 22750, like other epoxies, tends to chalk and amber when exposed to sunlight in a humid environment. Urethane topcoats are recommended to control the erosion of the epoxy and maintain a colorfast system. UreGrip 3000 and UreGrip 3300 are recommended topcoat for EpoxyGrip EpoxyGrip is available in a wide range of colors, all on special order. Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal. Part A.8 gal. 4 gal. Part B.2 gal. 1gal. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 12 lbs. 60 lbs. 1 gal. 5 gal. Reducer 1 8 lbs. 40 lbs. Reducer 2 9 lbs. 45 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Part A 23 F Part B 45 F Reducer 1 53 F Reducer F Shelf Life: 2 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40 F to 110 F. EpoxyGrip is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes Acidic Not recommended Good Good Alkaline Not recommended Excellent Excellent Solvents Not recommended Good Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent Excellent Dry film thickness: 1 to 3 mils Wet film thickness: 2 to 5 mils Theoretical coverage: 497 sq. 2mils DFT Note: One coat is normally required; however, certain colors may require additional coats for hiding. COATINGS SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS 56 Page 1 of 2

57 57 EpoxyGrip Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Steel: Abrasive blasting is preferred when possible as the performance is enhanced. For normal environments, abrasive blast to a Commercial finish per SSPC-SP 6 to obtain a 1 ½ to 3 mil profile. For mild environments, which do not permit abrasive blasting, Hand Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 2, Power Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 3 or High Pressure Water cleaning per SSPC- SP12/NACE 5 WJ-4 is recommended. Concrete: Minimum cure is 28 days at 75 F and 50 % RH or the equivalent. Abrasive blast to remove laitance and form oils and to produce a surface roughness similar to medium sandpaper. Surfacing may be required to fill holes in order to produce a sealed surface. Power mix each component, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 1 Gal. Kit 5 Gal. Kit EpoxyGrip Part A 0.8 gallon 4 gallon EpoxyGrip Part B 0.2 gallon 1 gallon Thinning is not required for most applications; however EpoxyGrip may be thinned up to 1 pint/gal. Reducer 1 is recommended for application temperatures below 70 F and Reducer 2 is recommended above 70 F. Reducer 2 is recommended for overcoating inorganic zinc primers as well as for brush and roller applications of EpoxyGrip Four hours at 75 and less at higher temperatures. Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50 F 50 F 50 Maximum 90 F 110 F 110 F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation. Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 I.D. minimum material hose and a.070 I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco s King pump or better with a 56:1 ratio and a.017 to.021 tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended. 3/8 fittings and hose are recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core. The following minimum times are based on a 2 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Temperature To Touch To Handle/ Recoat 50 F 10 hrs. 24 hrs. 60 F 6 hrs. 16 hrs. 70 F 4 hrs. 8 hrs. 80 F 2 hrs. 5 hrs. 90 F 1 hr. 3 hrs. EpoxyGrip has a 30-day maximum recoat window. It is imperative that chalk and surface contamination be removed prior to recoating. High pressure washing is an acceptable method to remove chalk and surface contamination. For applications requiring longer than 30 days, please contact US Coatings for recommendation. Cleanup with Reducer 1 or Reducer 2. Rev. 9/20/16 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of 2 phone ; fax St. Louis, MO

58 EpoxyGrip 2900 OEM Epoxy Mastic Primer Features High performance epoxy mastic primer VOC compliant High solids formulation Excellent build on edges Rapid and extended recoat windows Recoatable with epoxies and polyurethane Single coat capability Excellent wetting and adhesion properties Flexible film Good chemical resistance Excellent urethane gloss holdout Direct to metal capable Excellent corrosion resistance Typical Uses EpoxyGrip 2900 is used as a rapid recoat high build primer to provide excellent corrosion protection for steel substrates. Designed to be used in interior and exterior heavy-duty service in corrosive, industrial atmospheres. Excellent for use on structural steel, steel tanks, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills and others as recommended. Used as a shop primer for OEM applications. Performance Data Salt Spray (ASTM B 117) 1000 hours Plane blistering or rusting: none Adhesion (crosshatch) Urethane topcoat gloss holdout Physical Data 4B Excellent Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 68 %+1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1091 sq. ft Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 2.33 lbs./gal. Reducer 1 pint/gal lbs./gal. Reducer 1 pint/gal lbs./gal. Reducer 1 pint/gal lbs./gal. Film Thickness (per coat) Dry film thickness: 2 to 3 mils Wet film thickness: 4 to 5 mils Theoretical Coverage: 364 sq. 3 mils DFT Primer/Substrates EpoxyGrip 2900 is normally applied directly to steel as recommended. Substrate should be dry and free of debris and all contaminants. A blasted profile of the substrate is recommended for optimum EpoxyGrip 2900 performance Topcoats EpoxyGrip 2900 is normally topcoated with an epoxy finish such as EpoxyGrip 2000 or a urethane finish such as UreGrip 3900 or UreGrip EpoxyGrip 2900, like other epoxies, tends to chalk and amber when exposed to sunlight in a humid environment. Color EpoxyGrip 2900 is available in red oxide and grey. See Color Chart for approximate color. Shipping Data Packaging unit 2 gal. 10 gal. Part A 1 gal. 5 gal. Part B 1 gal. 5 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 26 lbs. 129lbs. 1 gal. 5 gal. Reducer 1 8 lbs. 40 lbs. Reducer 2 9 lbs. 45 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Part A 81 F Part B 106 F Reducer 1 53 F Reducer F Shelf Life: 2 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40 F to 110 F. Resistance EpoxyGrip 2900 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes Acidic Not recommended Good Good Alkaline Not recommended Excellent Excellent Solvents Not recommended Good Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent Excellent COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS 58 Page 1 of 2

59 59 EpoxyGrip 2900 Surface Preparation Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Steel: Abrasive blasting is preferred when possible as the performance is enhanced. For normal environments, abrasive blast to a Commercial finish per SSPC-SP 6 to obtain a 1 ½ to 3 mil profile. For mild environments, which do not permit abrasive blasting, Hand Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 2, Power Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 3 or High Pressure Water cleaning per SSPC- SP12/NACE 5 WJ-4 is recommended. Mixing Power mix each component, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 2 Gal. Kit 10 Gal. Kit EpoxyGrip 2900 Part A 1 gallon 5 gallon EpoxyGrip 2900 Part B 1 gallon 5 gallon Thinning Thinning is not required for most applications; however, EpoxyGrip 2900 may be thinned up to 1 pint/gal. Reducer 1 is recommended for applications temperatures below 70 F and Reducer 2 is recommended above 70 F. Reducer 2 is recommended for overcoating inorganic zinc primers as well as for brush and roller applications of EpoxyGrip For applications where VOC is critical, Reducer 6 is recommended up to 1 pint/gal. Pot Life Four hours at 75 and less at higher temperatures. Drying Time The following minimum times are based on a 2 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Final Temperature To Touch To Handle Cure 50 F 12 hrs. 32 hrs. 4 days 60 F 6 hrs. 16 hrs. 2 days 70 F 3 hrs. 8 hrs. 1 day 80 F 2 hrs. 5 hrs. 12 hrs. 90 F 1 hr. 3 hrs. 6 hrs. EpoxyGrip 2900 can be applied in a wet-on-wet manner, which eliminates the dry time between coats when recoating with itself. When recoating with UreGrip 3900, EpoxyGrip 2900 should dry according to the To Handle schedule. EpoxyGrip 2900 may be force cured to speed topcoat application. Allow baked EpoxyGrip 2900 to achieve room temperature prior to top coat application. Contact the US Coatings Technical department for specific accelerated force cured parameters. Maximum Recoat EpoxyGrip 2900 has a 30-day maximum recoat window. It is imperative that the chalk and surface contamination be removed prior to recoating. High pressure water washing is an acceptable method of removing chalk and surface contamination. Cleanup Cleanup with Reducer 1 or Reducer 2. Applications Conditions Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50 F 50 F 50 Maximum 90 F 110 F 110 F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation. Application Equipment Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 I.D. minimum material hose and a.070 I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a.017 to.021 tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core. Rev. 4/28/16 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of 2 phone ; fax St. Louis, MO

60 60 POLYURETHANE FINISHES POLYURETHANE FINISHES

61 UreGrip 3000 Aliphatic Acrylic Urethane Finish Coating Features High gloss finish Locally available color system VOC compliant Excellent hardness on warm surfaces Rapid and extended recoat windows Excellent gloss and color retention Excellent wetting and adhesion properties Flexible film Low temperature cure capabilities Rapid handling characteristics DTM capabilities Good chemical resistance Typical Uses UreGrip 3000 is used as a finish coat for epoxies and polyurethane where long term color and gloss retention is desired. Used on structural steel, steel tanks, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills, masonry surfaces and others as recommended. Qualifications Exceed requirements of SSPC Paint Specification No. 36. Performance Data Salt Spray (ASTM B 117) 7200 hours (over ZincGard 1000/EpoxyGrip 2000) Plane blistering or rusting: none Accelerated Weathering (ASTM D 4587) 4000 hours + 82 % gloss retention Weathering (ASTM D 1014, South Florida) 6 months 100% gloss retention Physical Data Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060) 1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss CS 17 wheel 60 mg Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794) Direct impact 60 in-lbs. Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) Over EpoxyGrip 2100 primer 5018 psi Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250 F Non-continuous 300 F Theoretical volume solids content of mixed material 61%+1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 978 sq. ft Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 2.8 lbs./gal. Reducer 1 quart/gal. 3.7 lbs./gal. Reducer 1 quart/gal. 3.7 lbs./gal. Reducer 3 pints/gal. 2.8 lbs./gal. Resistance UreGrip 3000 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric exposures. UreGrip 3000 is not normally recommended for immersion service. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Spillage Fumes Acidic Good Excellent Alkaline Good Excellent Solvents Good Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent Film Thickness (per coat) Dry film thickness: 2 to 3 mils Wet film thickness: 3 to 5 mils Coverage: 489 sq. 2 mils Note: One coat is normally required; however, certain colors may require additional coats for hiding. Primer UreGrip 3000 is normally applied to an epoxy or urethane coating. UreGrip 3000 is recommended over EpoxyGrip 2100 primer and EpoxyGrip It is also recommended as a glossy topcoat for UreGrip Topcoats UreGrip 3000 is not normally topcoated with another coating, as it is normally recoated with itself. Colors UreGrip 3000 is available in a state-of-the-art color system providing accurate quality matches. A color chart of 100 commonly used colors is provided for your convenience. Custom colors can be computer matched. Shipping Data Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal. Base 7 pts gal. Converter 1 pt. 5 pts. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 14 lbs. 70 lbs. 1 gal. 5 gal. Reducer 3 9 lbs. 45 lbs. Reducer 4 9 lbs. 45 lbs. Reducer 6 8 lbs. 40 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Base 82 F Converter 105 F Reducer 3 78 F Reducer F Reducer 6 62 F Shelf Life: 3 years for both the base and the converter when stored inside at 40 F to 110 F. COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS 61 Page 1 of 2

62 62 UreGrip 3000 Surface Preparation Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. If the prime coat or intermediate coat exceeds the cure time, prepare the surface as recommended by the underlying coating. Mixing Power mix the Base, then blend Converter into the Base and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 1 Gal. Kit 5 Gal. Kit UreGrip 3000 Base.875 gallon gallon UreGrip 3000 Converter.125 gallon.625 gallon Thinning Reducer 3 is recommended for application temperatures below 70 F and Reducer 4 is recommended above 70. Reducer 6 is recommended for applications requiring 2.8 lbs/gal. VOC. Pot Life Three hours at 75 and less at higher temperatures. Applications Conditions Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50 F 35 F 35 Maximum 90 F 110 F 110 F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation, which may dull the finish. Application Equipment Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 I.D. minimum material hose and a.070 I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a.013 to.017 tip is recommended. A 60 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core. Drying Time The following minimum times are based on a 2 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Temperature To Touch To Handle 35 F 12 hrs. 3 days 50 F 8 hrs. 32 hrs. 60 F 4 hrs. 16 hrs. 70 F 2 hrs. 8 hrs. 80 F 1 hrs. 4 hrs. 90 F 1/2 hr. 2 hrs. Maximum Recoat UreGrip 3000 is formulated to provide maximum bond strength between coats after weathering. Consequently, there is no time limitation regarding the maximum cure of UreGrip 3000 prior to recoating with itself. However, the aged coating must be clean and free of chalk. Cleanup Cleanup with Reducer 3 or Reducer 4 or Reducer 6. Rev. 11/5/15 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of 2 phone fax St. Louis, MO

63 63 High gloss finish Locally available color system VOC compliant Excellent hardness on warm surfaces Rapid and extended recoat windows Excellent gloss and color retention Excellent wetting and adhesion properties Flexible film Low temperature cure capabilities Rapid handling characteristics DTM capabilities Good chemical resistance USDA compliant for non-direct food contact UreGrip 3000 HS VOC is used as a finish coat for epoxies and polyurethane where long term color and gloss retention is desired. Used on structural steel, steel tanks, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills, masonry surfaces and others as recommended. Exceed requirements of SSPC Paint Specification No. 36. Salt Spray (ASTM B 117) 7200 hours (over ZincGard 1000/EpoxyGrip 2000) Plane blistering or rusting: none Accelerated Weathering (ASTM D 4587) 4000 hours + 82 % gloss retention Weathering (ASTM D 1014, South Florida) 6 months 100% gloss retention Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060) 1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss CS 17 wheel 26 mg Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794) Direct impact 120 in-lbs. Adhesion (ASTM D 3359) Over EpoxyGrip 2100 primer 5A Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250 F Non-continuous 300 F Theoretical volume solids content of mixed material 62%+1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 995 sq. ft Volatile Organic Content Unthinned.8 lbs./gal. Reducer 1 pint/gal..8 lbs./gal. Reducer 1 quart/gal..8 lbs./gal. UreGrip 3000 HS is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric exposures. UreGrip 3000HS is not normally recommended for immersion service. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Spillage Fumes Acidic Good Excellent Alkaline Good Excellent Solvents Good Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent Dry film thickness: 2 to 3 mils Wet film thickness: 3 to 5 mils Coverage: 537 sq. 2 mils Note: One coat is normally required; however, certain colors may require additional coats for hiding. UreGrip 3000 HS VOC is normally applied to an epoxy or urethane coating. UreGrip 3000 HS VOC is recommended over EpoxyGrip 2000 and as a glossy topcoat for UreGrip UreGrip 3000 HS VOC is not normally topcoated with another coating, as it is normally recoated with itself. UreGrip 3000 HS VOC will be available in a state-of-the-art color system providing accurate quality matches. A color chart of 100 commonly used colors is provided for your convenience. Custom colors can be computer matched. Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal. Base.8 gal.. 4 gal. Converter.2 gal. 1 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 14 lbs. 70 lbs. Reducer 6 9 lbs. 45 lbs. Reducer 8 15 lbs. 75 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Base 60 F Converter 60 F Reducer 6 60 F Reducer F Shelf Life: 2 years for both the base and the converter when stored inside at 40 F to 110 F. Page 1 of 2

64 64 Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. If the prime coat or intermediate coat exceeds the cure time, prepare the surface as recommended by the underlying coating. Power mix the Base, then blend Converter into the Base and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 1 Gal. Kit 5 Gal. Kit UreGrip 3000 HS VOC Pt. A.8 gallon 4 gallon UreGrip 3000 HS VOC Pt. B.2 gallon 1 gallon Reducer 6 is recommended for application temperatures below 70 F and Reducer 8 is recommended above 70. Three hours at 75 and less at higher temperatures. Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50 F 35 F 35 Maximum 90 F 110 F 110 F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation, which may dull the finish. Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 I.D. minimum material hose and a.070 I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a.013 to.017 tip is recommended. A 60 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core. The following minimum times are based on a 2 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Temperature To Touch To Handle 35 F 12 hrs. 3 days 50 F 8 hrs. 32 hrs. 60 F 4 hrs. 16 hrs. 70 F 2 hrs. 8 hrs. 80 F 1 hrs. 4 hrs. 90 F 1/2 hr. 2 hrs. UreGrip 3000 HS VOC is formulated to provide maximum bond strength between coats after weathering. Consequently, there is no time limitation regarding the maximum cure of UreGrip 3000 HS VOC prior to recoating with itself. However, the aged coating must be clean and free of chalk. Cleanup with acetone Rev. 6/11/17 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of 2 phone fax St. Louis, MO

65 UreGrip 3100 Direct To Metal Acrylic Urethane Finish Coating Direct To Metal Application High gloss finish VOC compliant Excellent hardness on warm surfaces Rapid and extended recoat windows Excellent gloss and color retention Excellent wetting and adhesion properties Flexible film Low temperature cure capabilities Rapid handling characteristics Good chemical resistance UreGrip 3100 is used as a direct to metal, single coat system for application over properly prepared substrates. UreGrip 3100 is used wherever a single coat, long term color and gloss retentive coating is desired. Used by OEM s, and on structural steel, steel tanks, power plants, railcars and others as recommended. Exceed requirements of SSPC Paint Specification No. 36. Salt Spray (ASTM B 117) 500 hours Plane blistering or rusting: none Accelerated Weathering (ASTM D 4587) 1000 hours + 95 % gloss retention Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060) 1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss CS 17 wheel 100 mg Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794) Direct impact 60 in-lbs. Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) 3550 psi Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250 F Non-continuous 300 F Theoretical solids content of mixed material 62 %+1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 946 sq. ft Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 3.1 lbs./gal. 375 g/l Reducer 1 quart/gal. 3.4 lbs./gal. 412 g/l Reducer 1 quart/gal. 3.4 lbs./gal. 412 g/l UreGrip 3100 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric exposures. UreGrip 3100 is not normally recommended for immersion service. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Spillage Fumes Acidic Good Excellent Alkaline Good Excellent Solvents Good Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent Dry film thickness: 3 to 5 mils Wet film thickness: 5 to 9 mils Coverage 4 mils DFT Mixed Gallon: 236 sq. ft..875 Gallon Kit: 207 sq. ft Gallon Kit: 1035 sq. ft. Note: One coat is normally required; however, certain colors may require additional coats for hiding. UreGrip 3100 is formulated as a Direct to Metal product normally requiring no primer. Should a primer be desired, UreGrip 3100 may be applied over an epoxy or urethane coatings such as EpoxyGrip 2100, or EpoxyGrip UreGrip 3100 is not normally topcoated with another coating, as it is normally recoated with itself. UreGrip 3100 is available in a wide variety of custom colors. Please consult U.S. Coatings color card for color selection. Packaging unit.875 Gallon Unit Gallon Unit Part A 6 pts gal. Part B 1 pt..625 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 11 lbs. 55 lbs 1 gal. 5 gal. Reducer 3 9 lbs. 45 lbs. Reducer 4 9 lbs. 45 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Part A 82 F Part B 105 F Reducer 3 78 F Reducer F Shelf Life: 2 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40 F to 110 F. 1/10/03 COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS 65 Page 1 of 2

66 66 UreGrip 3100 Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Steel substrates: Abrasive blast to a commercial finish per SSPC-SP 6 to obtain a 1 to 2 mil profile. OR Iron phosphatize through a 5 stage cleaning/phosphatizing system. If the prime coat or intermediate coat exceeds the cure time, prepare the surface as recommended by the underlying coating. Power mix the Part A, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until uniform at the following ratio:.875 Gal Kit Gal Kit UreGrip 3100 Part A.750 gallon 3.75 gallon UreGrip 3000 Part B.125 gallon.625 gallon Reducer 3 is recommended for application temperatures below 70 F and Reducer 4 is recommended above 70 F. Forty-Five (45) minutes at 75 F and less at higher temperatures. Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50 F 35 F 35 F Maximum 90 F 110 F 110 F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation, which may dull the finish. Plural Component: Plural airless equipment such as Graco HydraCat or P Mix is recommended. Industrial Spray Equipment: Equipment such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 I.D. minimum material hose and a.070 I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a.013 to.017 tip is recommended. A 60 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core. The following minimum times are based on a 4 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Temperature To Touch To Handle 35 F 4 hrs. 32 hrs. 50 F 2 hrs. 16 hrs. 60 F 1 hrs. 8 hrs. 70 F 30 min. 4 hrs. 80 F 20 min. 2 hrs. 90 F 10 min. 1 hr. UreGrip 3100 is formulated to provide maximum bond strength between coats after weathering. Consequently, there is no time limitation regarding the maximum cure of UreGrip 3100 prior to recoating with itself. However, the aged coating must be clean and free of chalk and surface contamination. High pressure washing is an acceptable method to remove chalk and surface contamination. Cleanup with Reducer 3 or Reducer 4. Rev. 9/19/16 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of 2 phone ; fax St. Louis, MO

67 UreGrip 3300 High Build Aliphatic Urethane Finish Coating Features Five mil application in single coat Excellent gloss and color retention Locally available color system Semi-gloss finish Direct application to inorganic zincs VOC compliant Excellent hardness on warm surfaces Rapid and extended recoat windows Low temperature cure capabilities Rapid handling characteristics Excellent wetting and adhesion properties DTM capabilities Good chemical resistance Typical Uses UreGrip 3300 is used as a finish coat for epoxies and polyurethane where long term color and gloss retention is desired. Used as an intermediate coat over zinc rich primers, both organic and inorganic, to facilitate low temperature cure applications as well as to provide extended system recoatability with either UreGrip 3000 or The semi-gloss finish provides excellent appearance for large surfaces such as tank exteriors. Excellent for use in and on structural steel, steel tanks, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills, masonry surfaces and others as recommended. Qualifications Exceed requirements of SSPC Paint Specification No. 36. Performance Data Salt Spray (ASTM B 117) 7200 hours (over EpoxyGrip 2100) Plane blistering or rusting: none Accelerated Weathering (ASTM D 4587) 3000 hours + 70 % gloss retention Weathering (ASTM D 1014, South Florida) 6 months 100% gloss retention Reducer 3 pints/gal. 2.8 lbs./gal. Resistance UreGrip 3300 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric exposures. UreGrip 3300 is not normally recommended for immersion service. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Spillage Fumes Acidic Good Excellent Alkaline Good Excellent Solvents Good Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent Film Thickness (per coat) Dry film thickness: 3 to 5 mils Wet film thickness: 5 to 9 mils Coverage: 229 sq. 4 mils Note: One coat is normally required; however, certain colors may require additional coats for hiding. Primer/Substrates UreGrip 3300 can be applied over the following coatings: ZincGard 1000, ZincGard 1500, EpoxyGrip 2000, EpoxyGrip 2100 and MasticGrip UreGrip 3300 should be applied to cured ZincGard 1000 by thinning one pint/gallon with Reducer 4 and applying a mist coat approximately 4 mils wet that seals the porous inorganic zinc. The mist coat is followed by another light coat to achieve the total desired film thickness. UreGrip 3300 can be applied directly to a properly prepared substrate for recommended environments. Topcoats UreGrip 3300 is not normally topcoated with another coating. However, it can be topcoated with UreGrip 3000 to achieve a high-gloss urethane finish. Colors UreGrip 3300 is available in a state-of-the-art color system providing accurate quality matches. A color chart of 100 commonly used colors is provided for your convenience. Custom colors can be computer matched. Physical Data Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060) 1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss CS 17 wheel 100 mg Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794) Direct impact 50 in-lbs. Reverse impact 6 in-lbs. Moisture vapor transmission (ASTM F 1249) 4.5 g/m2 Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) Over EpoxyGrip psi Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250 F Non-continuous 300 F Theoretical volume solids content of mixed material 57%+1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 914 sq. ft Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 2.8 lbs./gal. Reducer 1 quart/gal. 3.7 lbs./gal. Reducer 1 quart/gal. 3.7 lbs./gal. 2/20/03 COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS 67 Shipping Data Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal. Base 7 pts gal. Converter 1 pt. 5 pts. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 14 lbs. 70 lbs. 1 gal. 5 gal. Reducer 3 9 lbs. 45 lbs. Reducer 4 9 lbs. 45 lbs. Reducer 6 8 lbs. 40 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Base 87 F Converter 105 F Reducer 3 78 F Reducer F Reducer 6 62 F Page 1 of 2

68 68 UreGrip 3300 Shelf Life: 3 years for both the base and the converter when stored inside at 40 F to 110 F. Surface Preparation Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. If the prime coat or intermediate coat exceeds the cure time, prepare the surface as recommended by the underlying coating. Mixing Power mix the Base, then blend Converter into the Base and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 1 Gal. Kit 5 Gal. Kit UreGrip 3300 Base.875 gallon gallon UreGrip 3000 Converter.125 gallon.625 gallon Thinning Reducer 3 is recommended for application temperatures below 70 F and Reducer 4 is recommended above 70. Reducer 6 is recommended for applications requiring 2.8 lbs/gal. VOC. Pot Life Three hours at 75 and less at higher temperatures. Applications Conditions Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50 F 35 F 35 Maximum 90 F 110 F 110 F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation, which may dull the finish. Application Equipment Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 I.D. minimum material hose and a.070 I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a.013 to.017 tip is recommended. A 60 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core. Drying Time The following minimum times are based on a 2 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Temperature To Touch To Handle 35 F 12 hrs. 3 days 50 F 8 hrs. 32 hrs. 60 F 4 hrs. 16 hrs. 70 F 2 hrs. 8 hrs. 80 F 1 hrs. 4 hrs. 90 F 1/2 hr. 2 hrs. Maximum Recoat UreGrip 3300 is formulated to provide maximum bond strength between coats after weathering. Consequently, there is no time limitation regarding the maximum cure of UreGrip 3300 prior to recoating with itself. However, the aged coating must be clean and free of chalk. Cleanup Cleanup with Reducer 3 or Reducer 4 or Reducer 6. Rev. 11/5/15 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of 2 phone ; fax St. Louis, MO

69 UreGrip 3300 VOC High Build Aliphatic Urethane Finish Coating Features Meets California VOC requirement Excellent gloss and color retention Locally available color system Semi-gloss finish Direct application to inorganic zincs High build Excellent hardness on warm surfaces Rapid and extended recoat windows Low temperature cure capabilities Rapid handling characteristics Excellent wetting and adhesion properties DTM capabilities Good chemical resistance Typical Uses UreGrip 3300 VOC is used as a finish coat for epoxies and polyurethane where long term color and gloss retention is desired. Used as an intermediate coat over zinc rich primers, both organic and inorganic, to facilitate low temperature cure applications as well as to provide extended system recoatability with itself. The semi-gloss finish provides excellent appearance for large surfaces such as tank exteriors. Excellent for use in and on structural steel, steel tanks, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills, masonry surfaces and others as recommended. Qualifications Exceed requirements of SSPC Paint Specification No. 36. Performance Data Salt Spray (ASTM B 117) 7200 hours (over EpoxyGrip 2100) Plane blistering or rusting: none Accelerated Weathering (ASTM D 4587) 3000 hours + 70 % gloss retention Weathering (ASTM D 1014, South Florida) 6 months 100% gloss retention Resistance UreGrip 3300 VOC is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric exposures. UreGrip 3300 VOC is not normally recommended for immersion service. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Spillage Fumes Acidic Good Excellent Alkaline Good Excellent Solvents Good Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent Film Thickness (per coat) Dry film thickness: 3 to 5 mils Wet film thickness: 5 to 9 mils Coverage: 220 sq. 4 mils Note: One coat is normally required; however, certain colors may require additional coats for hiding. Primer/Substrates UreGrip 3300 VOC can be applied over the following coatings: ZincGard 1000, ZincGard 1500, EpoxyGrip 2000, and MasticGrip UreGrip 3300 VOC should be applied to cured ZincGard 1000 by thinning one pint/gallon with Reducer 8 and applying a mist coat approximately 4 mils wet that seals the porous inorganic zinc. The mist coat is followed by another light coat to achieve the total desired film thickness. UreGrip 3300 VOC can be applied directly to a properly prepared substrate for recommended environments. Topcoats UreGrip 3300 VOC is not normally topcoated with another coating. However, it can be topcoated with UreGrip 3000 to achieve a high-gloss urethane finish. Colors UreGrip 3300 is available in a state-of-the-art color system providing accurate quality matches. A color chart of 100 commonly used colors is provided for your convenience. Custom colors can be computer matched. Physical Data Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060) 1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss CS 17 wheel 100 mg Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794) Direct impact 50 in-lbs. Reverse impact 6 in-lbs. Moisture vapor transmission (ASTM F 1249) 4.5 g/m2 Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) Over EpoxyGrip psi Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250 F Non-continuous 300 F Theoretical volume solids content of mixed material 55%+1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 882 sq. ft Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 0.8 lbs./gal. Reducer 1 quart/gal. 0.8 lbs./gal. Reducer 1 quart/gal 0.8 lbs./gal 2/20/03 COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS 69 Shipping Data Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal. Base 7 pts gal. Converter 1 pt. 5 pts. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 14 lbs. 70 lbs. 1 gal. 5 gal. Reducer 6 9 lbs. 45 lbs. Reducer 8 15 lbs. 75 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Base 60 F Converter 105 F Reducer 6 60 F Reducer F Shelf Life: 3 years for both the base and the converter when stored inside at 40 F to 110 F. Page 1 of 2

70 70 UreGrip 3300 VOC Surface Preparation Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. If the prime coat or intermediate coat exceeds the cure time, prepare the surface as recommended by the underlying coating. Mixing Power mix the Base, then blend Converter into the Base and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 1 Gal. Kit 5 Gal. Kit UreGrip 3300 VOC Pt. A.875 gallon gallon UreGrip 3000 Converter.125 gallon.625 gallon Thinning Reducer 6 is recommended for application temperatures below 70 F and Reducer 8 is recommended above 70. Pot Life Three hours at 75 and less at higher temperatures. Applications Conditions Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50 F 35 F 35 Maximum 90 F 110 F 110 F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation, which may dull the finish. Application Equipment Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 I.D. minimum material hose and a.070 I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a.013 to.017 tip is recommended. A 60 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core. Drying Time The following minimum times are based on a 2 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Temperature To Touch To Handle 35 F 12 hrs. 3 days 50 F 8 hrs. 32 hrs. 60 F 4 hrs. 16 hrs. 70 F 2 hrs. 8 hrs. 80 F 1 hrs. 4 hrs. 90 F 1/2 hr. 2 hrs. Maximum Recoat UreGrip 3300 VOC is formulated to provide maximum bond strength between coats after weathering. Consequently, there is no time limitation regarding the maximum cure of UreGrip 3300 VOC prior to recoating with itself. However, the aged coating must be clean and free of chalk. Cleanup Cleanup with Reducer 6 or acetone. Rev. 10/8/15 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of 2 phone ; fax St. Louis, MO

71 UreGrip 3340 Polyaspartic Coating Direct to substrate application Outstanding adhesion Outstanding abrasion resistance Five to twenty mil application in single coat Excellent gloss and gloss retention VOC compliant Fast cure Rapid handling characteristics Excellent wetting and adhesion properties Flexible film HAPS free UreGrip 3340 is used by as a coating for concrete and steel as a direct to metal OEM coating, topcoat for various primers and coating for floors. Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060) 1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss CS 17 wheel 100 mg Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794) Direct impact 50 in-lbs. Reverse impact 6 in-lbs Moisture vapor transmission (ASTM F 1249) 4.5 g/m2 Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) Over EpoxyGrip psi Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250 F Non-continuous 300 F Theoretical volume solids content of mixed material 100%+1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1604 sq ft Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 0 lbs./gal. 0 g/l Reducer 1 quart/gal. 0 lbs./gal. 0 g/l UreGrip 3340 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric exposures. UreGrip 3340 is not normally recommended for immersion service. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Spillage Fumes Acidic Good Excellent Alkaline Good Excellent Solvents Good Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent Dry film thickness: 5 to 20 mils Wet film thickness: 5 to 20 mils unthinned Theoretical Coverage: 160 sq. 10 mils UreGrip 3340 can be applied directly to properly cleaned and prepared concrete and steel as well as to existing coatings such as epoxies and urethanes as recommended. UreGrip 3340 is available in white and custom colors. Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal. Part A 0.8 gal. 4 gal. Part B 0.2 gal. 1 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 15 lbs. 75 lbs. Reducer 5 8 lbs. 40 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Part A Above 200 F Part B Above 200 F Reducer 5-4 F Shelf Life: 1 year for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40 F to 110 F in a dry area. COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS 71 Page 1 of 2

72 72 UreGrip 3340 Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1 Steel: Abrasive blasting is preferred when possible as the performance is enhanced. For normal environments, abrasive blast to a Commercial finish per SSPC-SP 6 to obtain a 1.5 to 3 mils profile. For mild environments which do not permit abrasive blasting, Hand tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 2, Power Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 3 or High Pressure Water cleaning per SSPC-SP 12/NACE 5 WJ-4 is recommended. Concrete: Minimum cure is 28 days at 75 F and 50% RH or equivalent. Abrasive blast to remove laitance and form oils and produce a surface roughness similar to medium sandpaper. Surfacing may be required to fill holes in order to produce a sealed surface. Power mix the Part A then add the Part B at the following ratio: 1 Gal Kit 5 Gal Kit UreGrip 3340 Part A 0.8 gallon 4 gallon UreGrip 3340 Part B 0.2 gallon 1 gallon Five minutes unthinned. When thinned 20% with Reducer #5 the pot-life is extended to twenty minutes. Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50 F 35 F 35 F Maximum 110 F 110 F 110 F Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 I.D. minimum material hose and a.070 I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Graco Extreme Airless 50:1 and a.015 to.019 spray tip is recommended. Inline filters should be removed. Plural Component Spray: Use of plural component application equipment is recommended for elimination of pot life issues and minimize waste. Contact a qualified equipment manufacturer for the proper recommendation. Touch-up: UreGrip 3340 can be touched up on small areas with a quality brush or roller. The following minimum times are based on a 10 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Temperature To Touch To Handle 70 F 30 minutes 60 minutes 80 F 15 minutes 30 minutes 90 F 10 minutes 20 minutes 100 F 5 minutes 10 minutes 110 F 3 minutes 5 minutes 120 F 2 minutes 3 minutes 130 F 1 minute 2 minutes Cleanup with Reducer 5 or MEK Rev. 9/19/16 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of 2 phone ; fax St. Louis, MO

73 UreGrip 3350 Polyaspartic Finish Features Direct-to-substrate application Five to ten mil application in single coat Excellent gloss and color retention Semi-gloss finish VOC compliant Self priming Low temperature cure capabilities Rapid handling characteristics Excellent wetting and adhesion properties Very good chemical resistance Typical Uses UreGrip 3350 is used as a direct to substrate finish with outstanding durability and weathering characteristics. UreGrip 3350 can also be used as a topcoat for various primers. Typical usage includes direct to substrate application for compressors, pumps, valves, tanks, storage buildings and lockers, railcars and general equipment. Performance Data Salt Spray (ASTM B 117) 7200 hours (over EpoxyGrip 2100) Plane blistering or rusting: none Accelerated Weathering (ASTM D 4587) 1000 hours + 70 % gloss retention Weathering (ASTM D 1014, South Florida) 6 months 50% gloss retention Physical Data Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060) 1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss CS 17 wheel 100 mg Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794) Direct impact 50 in-lbs. Reverse impact 6 in-lbs Moisture vapor transmission (ASTM F 1249) 4.5 g/m2 Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) Over EpoxyGrip psi Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250 F Non-continuous 300 F Theoretical volume solids content of mixed material 66%+1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) Volatile Organic Content Unthinned Reducer 1 pint/gal sq ft 2.5 lbs./gal. 3.2 lbs./gal. Resistance UreGrip 3350 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric exposures. UreGrip 3350 is not normally recommended for immersion service. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Spillage Fumes Acidic Good Excellent Alkaline Good Excellent Solvents Good Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent Film Thickness (per coat) Dry film thickness: 5 to 10 mils Wet film thickness: 8 to 15 mils Theoretical Coverage: 212 sq. 5 mils Note: One coat is normally required; however, certain colors may require additional coats for hiding. Primer/Substrates UreGrip 3350 can be applied directly to properly prepared steel and concrete as well as to existing coatings such as epoxies and urethanes as recommended. Topcoats UreGrip 3350 is not normally topcoated with another coating. However, it can be topcoated with UreGrip 3000 to achieve a high-gloss urethane finish. Colors UreGrip 3350 is available in white and custom colors upon request. Shipping Data Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal. Part A 0.8 gal. 4.0 gal. Part B 0.2 gal. 1.0 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 13 lbs. 65 lbs. 1 gal. 5 gal Reducer 3 9 lbs. 45 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Part A 60 F Part B 80 F Reducer 3 78 F Shelf Life: 2 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40 F to 110 F. COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS 73 Page 1 of 2

74 74 UreGrip 3350 Surface Preparation Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Steel: Abrasive blasting is preferred when possible as the performance is enhanced. For normal environments, abrasive blast to a Commercial finish per SSPC-SP 6 to obtain a 1.5 to 3 mils profile. For mild environments which do not per abrasive blasting, Hand tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 2, Power Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 3 or High Pressure Water cleaning per SSPC-SP 12/NACE 5 WJ-4 is recommended. Concrete: Minimum cure is 28 days at 75 F and 50% RH or equivalent. Abrasive blast to remove laitance and form oils and produce a surface roughness similar to medium sandpaper. Surfacing may be required to fill holes in order to produce a sealed surface. Mixing Power mix the Part A, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 1 Gal Kit 5 Gal Kit UreGrip 3350 Part A.80 gallon 4.0 gallon UreGrip 3350 Part B.20 gallon 1.0 gallon Thinning Thinning is not normally required. Use Reducer #3 up to 5% by volume, if necessary. Pot Life One hour at 75 and less at higher temperatures. Applications Conditions Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50 F 35 F 35 F Maximum 90 F 110 F 110 F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation, which may dull the finish. Application Equipment Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 I.D. minimum material hose and a.070 I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Graco Extreme Airless 50:1 and a.015 to.019 spray tip is recommended. Inline filters should be removed. Plural Component Spray: Use of plural component application equipment is recommended for elimination of pot life issues and minimizes waste. Contact a qualified equipment manufacturer for the proper recommendation. Touch-up: UreGrip 3350 can be touched up on small areas with a quality brush or roller. Drying Time The following minimum times are based on a 5 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Temperature To Touch To Handle 35 F 12 hrs. 3 days 50 F 8 hrs. 32 hrs. 60 F 4 hrs. 16 hrs. 70 F 2 hrs. 8 hrs. 80 F 1 hrs. 4 hrs. 90 F 1/2 hr. 2 hrs. Maximum Recoat UreGrip 3350 is formulated to provide maximum bond strength between coats after weathering. Consequently, there is no time limitation regarding the maximum cure of UreGrip 3350 prior to recoating with itself. However, the aged coating must be clean and free of chalk. Cleanup with Reducer 3 or MEK Cleanup Rev.8/5/16 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of 2 phone ; fax St. Louis, MO

75 UreGrip 3360 DTM High Solids Polyaspartic Finish Features Direct-to-metal application High build single coat capability Excellent gloss and color retention Gloss finish VOC compliant Self-priming Low temperature cure capabilities Rapid handling characteristics Excellent wetting and adhesion properties Very good chemical resistance Typical Uses UreGrip 3360 is used as a direct to substrate finish with outstanding durability and weathering characteristics. UreGrip 3360 can also be used as a topcoat for various primers. Typical usage includes direct to substrate application for compressors, pumps, valves, tanks, storage buildings and lockers, railcars and general equipment. Performance Data Salt Spray (ASTM B 117) 7200 hours (over EpoxyGrip 2100) Plane blistering or rusting: none Accelerated Weathering (ASTM D 4587) 1000 hours + 70 % gloss retention Physical Data Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060) 1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss CS 17 wheel 100 mg Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794) Direct impact 50 in-lbs. Reverse impact 6 in-lbs Moisture vapor transmission (ASTM F 1249) 4.5 g/m2 Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) Over EpoxyGrip psi Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250 F Non-continuous 300 F Theoretical volume solids content of mixed material 86%+1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1060 sq ft Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 1.8 lbs./gal. Reducer 1 pint/gal. 2.8 lbs./gal. Resistance UreGrip 3360 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric exposures. UreGrip 3360 is not normally recommended for immersion service. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Spillage Fumes Acidic Good Excellent Alkaline Good Excellent Solvents Good Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent Film Thickness (per coat) Dry film thickness: 3 to 8 mils Wet film thickness: 4 to 9 mils Theoretical Coverage: 342 sq. 4 mils Note: One coat is normally required; however, certain colors may require additional coats for hiding. Primer/Substrates UreGrip 3360 can be applied directly to properly prepared steel and concrete as well as to existing coatings such as epoxies and urethanes as recommended. It may also be applied to an epoxy or zinc rich primer for increased corrosion protection. Topcoats UreGrip 3360 is not normally topcoated with another coating. Colors UreGrip 3350 is available in white and custom colors upon request. Shipping Data Packaging unit 1 gal. 4 gal. Part A 0.75 gal. 3.0 gal. Part B 0.25 gal. 1.0 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 12.0 lbs lbs. 1 gal. 4.0 gal Reducer 3 9 lbs. 45 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Part A 60 F Part B 80 F Reducer 3 78 F Shelf Life: 2 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40 F to 110 F. COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS 75 Page 1 of 2

76 UreGrip 3360 Surface Preparation Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Steel: Abrasive blasting is preferred when possible as the performance is enhanced. For normal environments, abrasive blast to a Commercial finish per SSPC-SP 6 to obtain a 1.5 to 3 mils profile. For mild environments which do not per abrasive blasting, Hand tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 2, Power Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 3 or High Pressure Water cleaning per SSPC-SP 12/NACE 5 WJ-4 is recommended. Concrete: Minimum cure is 28 days at 75 F and 50% RH or equivalent. Abrasive blast to remove laitance and form oils and produce a surface roughness similar to medium sandpaper. Surfacing may be required to fill holes in order to produce a sealed surface. Mixing Power mix the Part A, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 1 Gal Kit 4 Gal Kit UreGrip 3360 Part A.75 gallon 3.0gallon UreGrip 3360 Part B 0.25gallon 1.0 gallon Thinning Thinning is not normally required. Use Reducer #3 up to 5% by volume, if necessary. Pot Life Two hours at 75 and less at higher temperatures. Applications Conditions Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50 F 35 F 35 F Maximum 90 F 110 F 110 F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation, which may dull the finish. Application Equipment Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 I.D. minimum material hose and a.070 I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Graco Extreme Airless 50:1 and a.015 to.019 spray tip is recommended. Inline filters should be removed. Plural Component Spray: Use of plural component application equipment is recommended for elimination of pot life issues and minimizes waste. Contact a qualified equipment manufacturer for the proper recommendation. Touch-up: UreGrip 3360 can be touched up on small areas with a quality brush or roller. Drying Time The following minimum times are based on a 5 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Temperature To Touch To Handle 35 F 12 hrs. 18 hrs. 50 F 8 hrs. 12 hrs. 60 F 4 hrs. 6 hrs. 70 F 2 hrs. 4 hrs. 80 F 1 hrs. 3 hrs. 90 F 1/2 hr. 2 hrs. *Curing times may be accelerated at bake F for min based on RH conditions. Maximum Recoat UreGrip 3360 is formulated to provide maximum bond strength between coats after weathering. Maximum recoat time is 24 hours. If applying another coat after maximum recoat time, the surface needs to be sanded to ensure proper adhesion. If recoating aged material,, the coating must be clean and free of chalk. Cleanup Cleanup with Reducer 3 or MEK Rev. 1/6/16 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of 2 phone ; fax St. Louis, MO 76

77 UreGrip 3375 Polyaspartic Coating Features Direct to substrate application Outstanding adhesion One to five mil application in single coat Excellent gloss VOC compliant Fast cure Rapid handling characteristics Excellent wetting and adhesion properties Flexible film HAPS free Typical Uses UreGrip 3375 is used by as a coating for various substrates to provide color and adhesive for glass beads resulting in a reflective tape. Typical applications include highway marking and road signs. Physical Data Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060) 1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss CS 17 wheel 100 mg Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794) Direct impact 50 in-lbs. Reverse impact 6 in-lbs Moisture vapor transmission (ASTM F 1249) 4.5 g/m2 Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) Over EpoxyGrip psi Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250 F Non-continuous 300 F Theoretical volume solids content of mixed material 75%+1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1203 sq ft Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 0 lbs./gal. Reducer 1 quart/gal. 0 lbs./gal. Resistance UreGrip 3375 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric exposures. UreGrip 3375 is not normally recommended for immersion service. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Spillage Fumes Acidic Good Excellent Alkaline Good Excellent Solvents Good Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent Film Thickness (per coat) Dry film thickness: 1.5 mils Wet film thickness: 2 mils Theoretical Coverage: 802 sq. 1.5 mils Primer/Substrates UreGrip 3375 can be applied directly to properly cleaned and chemically prepared aluminum foil, fabric and rubber. Colors UreGrip 3375 is available in white and safety yellow. Shipping Data Packaging unit 10 gal. 100 gal. Base 5 gal. 50 gal. Converter 5 gal. 50 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 150 lbs lbs. Reducer 5 8 lbs. 40 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Base > 200 F Converter -4 F Reducer 5-4 F Shelf Life: 1 year for both the base and the converter when stored inside at 40 F to 110 F in a dry area. COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS 77 Page 1 of 2

78 78 UreGrip 3375 Surface Preparation Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1 Mixing Power mix the Base, premix Converter with Reducer #5 then blend into the Base and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 10 Gal Kit 100 Gal Kit UreGrip 3375 Base 5gallon 500 gallon UreGrip 3375 Converter 5 gallon 50 gallon Reducer #5 1 gallon 5 gallon Pot Life Twenty minutes at 75 and less at higher temperatures when thinned. Applications Conditions Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50 F 35 F 35 F Maximum 110 F 110 F 110 F Application Equipment Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 I.D. minimum material hose and a.070 I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Graco Extreme Airless 50:1 and a.015 to.019 spray tip is recommended. Inline filters should be removed. Plural Component Spray: Use of plural component application equipment is recommended for elimination of pot life issues and minimize waste. Contact a qualified equipment manufacturer for the proper recommendation. Touch-up: UreGrip 3375 can be touched up on small areas with a quality brush or roller. Drying Time The following minimum times are based on a 1.5 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Temperature To Touch To Handle 70 F 30 minutes 60 minutes 80 F 15 minutes 30 minutes 90 F 10 minutes 20 minutes 100 F 5 minutes 10 minutes 110 F 3 minutes 5 minutes 120 F 2 minutes 3 minutes 130 F 1 minute 2 minutes Cleanup Cleanup with Reducer 5 or MEK. Rev. 1/31/14 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of Weldon Parkway, St. Louis, MO phone ; fax

79 UreGrip 3510 Direct To Metal Polyaspartic Ester Features Direct To Metal Application High gloss finish No volatile solvent Rapid cure Excellent gloss and color retention Excellent wetting and adhesion properties Flexible film Low temperature cure capability Good chemical resistance Typical Uses UreGrip 3510 is used as Direct To Metal, single coat system for application over properly prepared substrates. UreGrip 3510 is used wherever a single coat, long term color and gloss retentive coating is desired. Used by OEM s, and on structural steel, steel tanks, power plants, railcars and others as recommended. Performance Data Salt Spray (ASTM B 117) 500 hours Plane blistering or rusting: none Accelerated Weathering (ASTM D 4587) 1000 hours + 95 % gloss retention Physical Data Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060) 1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss CS 17 wheel 100 mg Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794) Direct impact 60 in-lbs. Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) 3550 psi Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250 F Non-continuous 300 F Theoretical solids content of mixed material 100%-1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1604 sq. ft Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 0 lbs./gal. Film Thickness (per coat) Dry film thickness: 5 mils Wet film thickness: 5 mils Coverage 5 mils DFT (Mixed Gallon): 321 sq. ft. Note: One coat is normally required; however, certain colors may require additional coats for hiding. Primer UreGrip 3510 is formulated as a Direct to Metal product normally requiring no primer. Should a primer be desired, UreGrip 3510 may be applied over an epoxy or urethane coatings such as EpoxyGrip 2100, or EpoxyGrip Topcoats UreGrip 3510 is not normally topcoated with another coating, as it is normally recoated with itself. Colors UreGrip 3510 is available in a wide variety of custom colors. Please consult U.S. Coatings color card for color selection. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit Base drum Converter drum Shipping Data 760 lbs 490 lbs Flash Point: (Setaflash) Base Above 200 F Converter Above 200 F Shelf Life: 3 years for both the base and the converter when stored inside at 40 F to 110 F. Resistance UreGrip 3510 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric exposures. UreGrip 3510 is not normally recommended for immersion service. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Spillage Fumes Acidic Good Excellent Alkaline Good Excellent Solvents Good Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS 79 Page 1 of 2

80 80 UreGrip 3510 Surface Preparation Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Steel substrates: Abrasive blast to a commercial finish per SSPC-SP 6 to obtain a 1 to 2 mil profile. OR Iron phosphatize through a 5 stage cleaning/phosphatizing system. If the prime coat or intermediate coat exceeds the cure time, prepare the surface as recommended by the underlying coating. Mixing Power mix the Base, then blend Converter into the Base and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 1.4 Gallon Mix UreGrip 3510 Base 1.0 gallon UreGrip 3500 Converter.4 gallon Thinning Thinning is not normally recommended. Application Equipment Plural Component: Plural airless equipment such as Graco HydraCat or P Mix is recommended. Drying Time The following minimum times are based on a 5 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Temperature To Touch To Handle 60 F 4 hours 8 hours 70 F 2 hours 4 hours 80 F 11/2 hours 3 hours 90 F 1 hour 2 hours Maximum Recoat UreGrip 3510 should be roughened is the recoat time exceeds 7 days at 75 F. Pot Life Twenty minutes at 75 F and less at higher temperatures. Applications Conditions Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50 F 35 F 35 F Maximum 90 F 110 F 110 F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation, which may dull the finish. Rev. 1/31/14 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of Weldon Parkway, St. Louis, MO phone ; fax

81 UreGrip 3900 Aliphatic Acrylic Urethane Finish Coating Features High gloss finish VOC compliant Rapid and extended recoat windows Excellent wetting and adhesion properties Flexible film Low temperature cure capabilities Rapid handling characteristics Good chemical resistance Excellent gloss and color retention Low pressure application Excellent distinct of image quality (DOI) DTM capabilities Typical Uses UreGrip 3900 is used as a finish coat for epoxies and polyurethane where long term color and gloss retention is desired. Used on structural steel, steel tanks, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills, masonry surfaces and others as recommended. UreGrip 3900 can also be used as a OEM and shop finish coating. Adhesion (crosshatch) Gloss (60 ) MAK Resistance (100 double rubs) Physical Data 4B minimum 90 min Excellent Theoretical volume solids content of mixed material 76%+1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1219 sq. ft Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 1.8 lbs./gal. Reducer 1 pint/gal. 2.2 lbs./gal. Reducer 1 pint/gal. 2.3 lbs./gal. Resistance UreGrip 3900 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric exposures. UreGrip 3900 is not normally recommended for immersion service. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Spillage Fumes Acidic Good Excellent Alkaline Good Excellent Solvents Good Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent Film Thickness (per coat) Dry film thickness: 2 to 3 mils Wet film thickness: 3 to 5 mils Coverage: 610 sq. 2 mils Note: One coat is normally required; however, certain colors may require additional coats for hiding. Primer UreGrip 3900 is normally applied over an epoxy or urethane coating. UreGrip 3900 is recommended over EpoxyGrip 2900 primer, MultiGrip 7010 and EpoxyGrip 2000 primer, and universal shop primers. It is also recommended as a glossy topcoat for UreGrip For DTM capabilities, please contact the US Coatings technical department regarding specific parameters for DTM application Topcoats UreGrip 3900 is not normally topcoated with another coating, as it is normally recoated with itself. Colors UreGrip 3900 is available in in a state of the art color system providing accurate, quality matches. A color chart of 100 commonly used colors is provided for your convenience. Custom colors can be computer matched. Shipping Data Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal. Part A 4 pts. 4 gal. Part B 1 pt. 1 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 11 lbs. 55 lbs. 1 gal. 5 gal. Reducer 3 9 lbs. 45 lbs. Reducer 4 9 lbs. 45 lbs. Reducer 6 8 lbs. 40 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Part A 82 F Part B 105 F Reducer 3 78 F Reducer F Reducer 6 62 F Shelf Life: 2 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40 F to 110 F. Surface Preparation Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. If the prime coat or intermediate coat exceeds the cure time, prepare the surface as recommended by the underlying coating. Mixing Power mix the Part A, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 1 Gal. Kit 5 Gal. Kit UreGrip 3900 Part A.80 gallon 4 gallons UreGrip 3900 Part B.20 gallon 1 gallon Thinning Reducer 3 is recommended for application temperatures below 70 F and Reducer 4 is recommended above 70. COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS 81 Page 1 of 2

82 82 UreGrip 3900 Pot Life 90-minute pot life at 75 F and less at higher temperatures. Usage of the L40 Accelerator will decrease the pot life. Using 0.5 oz./gallon, the pot life decreases to 45 minutes and using 1.0 oz./gallon will decrease the pot life to 30 minutes. Applications Conditions Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50 F 35 F 35 Maximum 90 F 110 F 110 F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation, which may dull the finish. Application Equipment Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 I.D. minimum material hose and a.070 I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a.013 to.017 tip is recommended. A 60 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core. Drying Time The following minimum times are based on a 2 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Temperature To Touch To Handle 35 F 24 hrs. 3 days 50 F 16 hrs. 32 hrs. 60 F 8 hrs. 16 hrs. 70 F 4 hrs. 8 hrs. 80 F 2 hrs. 4 hrs. 90 F 1 hr. 2 hrs. With G76 Accelerator at 70 F 0.5 oz./gallon 2 hrs. 6 hrs. 1.0 oz./gallon 1.5 hrs. 3 hrs. Note: With G76 Accelerator usage, pot life will decrease. 40 min pot life with 0.5 oz./gallon and 30 min pot life with 1.0 oz./gallon Maximum Recoat UreGrip 3900 is formulated to provide maximum bond strength between coats after weathering. Consequently, there is no time limitation regarding the maximum cure of UreGrip 3900 prior to recoating with itself. However, the aged coating must be clean and free of chalk. Cleanup Cleanup with Reducer 3 or Reducer 4 or Reducer 6. Rev. 6/16/17 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of 2 phone fax St. Louis, MO

83 Luminescent Urethane Finish Coating UreGrip SafetyGlo Features Luminescent Coating Excellent for safety makings Rapid and extended recoat windows Excellent gloss and color retention Excellent wetting and adhesion properties Flexible film Low temperature cure capabilities Rapid handling characteristics DTM capabilities Good chemical resistance Typical Uses UreGrip SafetyGlo is used as a finish coat for marking of safety zones on walkways, curbs, drives and signs. Glows in the dark for hours after exposure to sunlight or artificial light Qualifications Exceed requirements of SSPC Paint Specification No. 36. Performance Data Accelerated Weathering (ASTM D 4587) 4000 hours + 82 % gloss retention Weathering (ASTM D 1014, South Florida) 6 months 100% gloss retention Physical Data Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060) 1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss CS 17 wheel 60 mg Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794) Direct impact 60 in-lbs. Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) Over EpoxyGrip 2100 primer 5018 psi Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250 F Non-continuous 300 F Theoretical volume solids content of mixed material 64%+1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) Volatile Organic Content Unthinned Reducer 1 quart/gal. Reducer 1 quart/gal sq. ft 2.6 lbs./gal. 315 g/l 3.5 lbs./gal. 424 g/l 3.5 lbs./gal. 424 g/l Exposure Spillage Fumes Acidic Good Excellent Alkaline Good Excellent Solvents Good Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent Film Thickness (per coat) Dry film thickness: 2 to 2.5 mils Wet film thickness: 4 to 5 mils Coverage: 519 sq. 2 mils Note: One coat is normally required; however, certain applications may require additional coats. Primer UreGrip SafetyGlo is normally applied to a white epoxy or urethane coating. UreGrip SafetyGlo is recommended over EpoxyGrip 2100 primer and EpoxyGrip 2000 Topcoats UreGrip SafetyGlo is not normally topcoated with another coating, as it is normally recoated with itself. Colors UreGrip SafetyGlo is available in a pale yellow and works well over a white primer. Shipping Data Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal. Part A 0.8 gal. 4 gal.. Part B 0.2 gal 1 gal Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 11 lbs. 55 lbs. 1 gal. 5 gal. Reducer 3 9 lbs. 45 lbs. Reducer 4 9 lbs. 45 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Part A 82 F Part B 105 F Reducer 3 78 F Reducer F Shelf Life: 2 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40 F to 110 F. Resistance UreGrip SafetyGlo is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric exposures. UreGrip SafetyGlo is not normally recommended for immersion service. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Surface Preparation Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. If the prime coat or intermediate coat exceeds the cure time, prepare the surface as recommended by the underlying coating. COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS 83 Page 1 of 2

84 84 UreGrip SafetyGlo Mixing Power mix the Part A, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 1 Gal. Kit 5 Gal. Kit UreGrip SafetyGlo Part A.80 gallon 4 gallons UreGrip SafetyGlo Part B.20 gallon 1 gallon Thinning Reducer 3 is recommended for application temperatures below 70 F and Reducer 4 is recommended above 70. Pot Life Three hours at 75 and less at higher temperatures. Applications Conditions Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50 F 35 F 35 Maximum 90 F 110 F 110 F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation, which may dull the finish. Drying Time The following minimum times are based on a 2 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Temperature To Touch To Handle 65 F 2 hrs. 8 hrs. 75 F 1 hrs. 4 hrs. 85 F 45 mins 3 hrs. Maximum Recoat UreGrip SafetyGlo is formulated to provide maximum bond strength between coats after weathering. Consequently, there is no time limitation regarding the maximum cure of UreGrip SafetyGlo prior to recoating with itself. However, the aged coating must be clean and free of chalk and surface contamination. High pressure washing is an acceptable method to remove chalk and surface contamination. Cleanup Cleanup with Reducer 3 or Reducer 4. Application Equipment Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 I.D. minimum material hose and a.070 I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a.013 to.017 tip is recommended. A 60 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core. Rev. 9/26/16 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of 2 phone fax St. Louis, MO

85 85 HIGH TEMPERATURE COATINGS HIGH TEMPERA- TURE COATINGS

86 HeatGrip 4127 High Temperature Coating Under Insulation Features Prevents corrosion under Insulation Single Package VOC compliant Withstands 1200 F temperature Direct to metal capability over properly prepared carbon and stainless steel Good thermal shock resistance Typical Uses HeatGrip is used as a coating system for insulated hot piping, for stack exteriors, uninsulated hot piping, furnaces, exhaust pipes, mufflers and other steel substrates operating at temperatures up to 1200 F. HeatGrip 4127 may be applied direct to properly prepared carbon and stainless steel. Physical Data Pencil Hardness (450 F cure) 4 H Pencil Hardness (ambient cure) Soft to 4B Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) 300 psi Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 1000 F Non-continuous 1200 F Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 52%+1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 834 sq. ft. Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 3.5 lbs./gal. Reducer 1 pint/gal. 2.9 lbs./gal. Reducer 1 pint/gal. 3.0 lbs./gal. Reducer 1 pint/gal. 3.0 lbs./gal. Film Thickness (per coat) Dry film thickness: 5 mils Wet film thickness: 10 mils Theoretical coverage: 167 mils sq 5 mils DFT Note: Two coats are recommended over properly prepared steel substrates for most applications. Primer/Substrates HeatGrip 4127 may be applied directly to properly prepared steel substrates. Gray and Black Colors Shipping Data Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 17 lbs. 85 lbs. Reducer 1 8 lbs. 40 lbs. Reducer 2 9 lbs. 45 lbs. Reducer 7 9 lbs. 45 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) HeatGrip F Reducer 1 53 F Reducer F Reducer 7 87 F Shelf Life: 8 months when stored inside at 40 F to 110 F. Resistance HeatGrip 4127 is designed for elevated temperatures and exposures to mild chemical fumes under typical atmospheric conditions. Splash & Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes Acidic Not recommended Poor Fair Alkaline Not recommended Poor Fair Solvents Not recommended Poor Good Salt water Not recommended Excellent Excellent Water Not recommended Excellent Excellent COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS 86 Page 1 of 2

87 87 HeatGrip 4127 Surface Preparation Remove oil and grease from the surface with a solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Steel: Abrasive blasting is preferred when possible as the performance is enhanced. For normal environments, abrasive blast to a Commercial finish per SSPC-SP 6 to obtain a 1.5 to 2.5 mil profile. Do not use chlorinated solvents on stainless steel surfaces. Mixing Power mix HeatGrip 4127 prior to thinning and application. Thinning Thinning is not required for most applications; however HeatGrip 4127 may be thinned up to 1 pint/gal. Reducer 1 is recommended for applications temperatures below 70 F and Reducer 2 is recommended above 70 F. Reducer 2 is recommended for brush and roller applications of HeatGrip Reducer #7 is recommended for applications to hot steel up to 500 F. Applications Conditions Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50 F 50 F 50 Maximum 130 F 500 F 110 F Special thinning and application procedures are required for temperatures above 200 F. Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation. Application Equipment Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 I.D. minimum material hose and a.070 I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a.017 to.021 tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core. Use only natural bristle brushes and mohair roller covers. Drying Time The following minimum times are based on 5 mils DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Temperature To Touch To Handle To Recoat 50 F 12 hrs. 48 hrs. 12 hrs 70 F 2 hrs. 24 hrs. 6 hrs 90 F 1 hr. 12 hrs. 3 hr To achieve full hardness, a heat cure of 350 F minimum is required. Maximum Recoat HeatGrip 4127 can be recoated with itself at any time prior to heat curing by simply removing dirt and contamination of the existing coat. If HeatGrip 4127 is fully cured, the coating should be sweep blasted with fine aggregate to roughen the surface. On hot surfaces, apply multiple thin coats (mist coat) of HeatGrip 4127 to prevent blistering. If blisters do occur, immediately brush out the blisters before they set. Cleanup Cleanup with Reducer 1 or Reducer 2. Rev. 1/31/14 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of Weldon Parkway, St. Louis, MO phone ; fax

88 HeatGrip 4200 High Temperature Silicone Features Topcoat for Inorganic Zincs Single Package VOC compliant Withstands 1200 F intermittent temperature Direct to metal capability over properly prepared carbon steel and stainless steel substrates Good chemical resistance Typical Uses HeatGrip is used as a finish coat for stack exteriors, hot piping, furnaces, exhaust pipes, mufflers and other steel substrates operating at temperatures up to 1200 F. HeatGrip 4200 may be applied direct to properly prepared carbon steel and stainless steel surfaces. Use of ZincGard 1000 inorganic zinc as the prime coat will provide outstanding corrosion resistance during periods of shutdown or when operating at less than 200 F Performance Data Salt Spray (ASTM B 117) 1000 hours (over ZincGard 1000) Plane blistering or rusting: none Physical Data Pencil Hardness (450 F cure) 4 H Pencil Hardness (ambient cure) Soft to 4B A Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060) 1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss CS 17 wheel 75 F Cured System F Cured System 52 Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) 300 psi Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 1000 F Non-continuous 1200 F Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 65%+1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1042 sq. ft. Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 2.5 lbs./gal. Reducer 1 pint/gal. 2.9 lbs./gal. Reducer 1 pint/gal. 3.0 lbs./gal. Reducer 1 pint/gal. 3.0 lbs./gal. Resistance HeatGrip 4200 is designed for elevated temperatures and exposures to mild chemical fumes under typical atmospheric conditions. Splash & Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes Acidic Not recommended Poor Fair Alkaline Not recommended Poor Fair Solvents Not recommended Good Good Salt water Not recommended Good Very Good Water Not recommended Good Very Good Film Thickness (per coat) Dry film thickness: 2.0 mils Wet film thickness: 3.0 mils Theoretical coverage: 521 mils DFT Note: Two coats are recommended over properly prepared steel substrates. One coat is recommended over inorganic zinc primers. Excessive film thickness over inorganic zinc primer can cause topcoat blistering and delamination when the system is exposed to a rapid rise in surface temperature. Primer/Substrates HeatGrip 4200 may be applied directly to properly prepared steel substrates. For outstanding performance under cycling conditions, HeatGrip 4200 should be applied over ZincGard 1000 inorganic zinc. Excessive thickness over inorganic zinc can result in blistering and delamination when the temperature is increased. Colors Silver aluminum Shipping Data Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 12 lbs. 60 lbs. Reducer 1 8 lbs. 40 lbs. Reducer 2 9 lbs. 45 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) HeatGrip F Reducer 1 53 F Reducer F Reducer 7 87 F Shelf Life: 3 years when stored inside at 40 F to 110 F. COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS 88 Page 1 of 2

89 89 HeatGrip 4200 Surface Preparation Remove oil and grease from the surface with a solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Steel: Abrasive blasting is preferred when possible as the performance is enhanced. For normal environments, abrasive blast to a Near-White metal finish per SSPC-SP 10 to obtain a 1 ½ mil profile. Mixing Power mix HeatGrip 4200 prior to thinning and application. Thinning Thinning is not required for most applications; however HeatGrip 4200 may be thinned up to 1 pint/gal. Reducer 1 is recommended for applications temperatures below 70 F and Reducer 2 is recommended above 70 F. Reducer 2 is recommended for overcoating inorganic zinc primers as well as for brush and roller applications of HeatGrip Reducer #7 is recommended for hot, windy conditions. Applications Conditions Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50 F 50 F 50 Maximum 90 F 110 F 110 F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation. Application Equipment Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 I.D. minimum material hose and a.070 I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a.017 to.021 tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core. Drying Time The following minimum times are based on 1.5 mils DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Temperature To Touch To Handle To Recoat 50 F 12 hrs. 32 hrs. 12 hrs 60 F 6 hrs. 16 hrs. 6 hrs 70 F 3 hrs. 8 hrs. 3 hrs 80 F 2 hrs. 5 hrs. 2 hrs 90 F 1 hr. 3 hrs. 1 hr HeatGrip 4200 remains soft to the fingernail after ambient cure. To achieve full hardness, a heat cure of 350 F minimum is required. To prevent blistering of the film, the following curing schedule is recommended: Air dry according to the above To Handle schedule followed by a slow increase in temperature at the rate of 100 F per hour until 350 F is reached. Hold at this temperature for 2 hours. Maximum Recoat HeatGrip 4200 can be recoated with itself at any time prior to heat curing by simply removing dirt and contamination of the existing coat. If HeatGrip 4200 is fully cured, the coating should be sweep blasted with fine aggregate to roughen the surface. Cleanup Cleanup with Reducer 1 or Reducer 2. Rev. 1/31/14 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of Weldon Parkway, St. Louis, MO phone ; fax

90 HeatGrip 4750 High Temperature Silicone Features High temperature topcoat for Inorganic Zincs Single Package VOC compliant for high temperature coatings Withstands 750 F continuous temperature Direct to metal capability over properly prepared carbon steel and stainless steel substrates Good chemical resistance Air dry hardness Film Thickness (per coat) Dry film thickness: 1.5 mils Wet film thickness: 3.0 mils Theoretical coverage: 695 sq. ft.@ 1.5 mils DFT Note: Two coats are recommended over properly prepared steel substrates. One coat is recommended over inorganic zinc primers. Excessive film thickness over inorganic zinc primer can cause topcoat blistering and delamination when the system is exposed to a rapid rise in surface temperature. Typical Uses Used as a finish coat for stack exteriors, hot piping, furnaces, exhaust pipes, mufflers and other steel substrates operating at temperatures up to 750 F. HeatGrip 4750 may be applied direct to properly prepared carbon steel and stainless steel surfaces. Use of ZincGard 1000 inorganic zinc as the prime coat will provide outstanding corrosion resistance during periods of shutdown or when operating at less than 200 F Performance Data Salt Spray (ASTM B 117) 1000 hours (over ZincGard 1000) Plane blistering or rusting: none Physical Data Pencil Hardness (450 F cure) 4 H Pencil Hardness (ambient cure) Soft to 4B Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) 300 psi Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 750 F Non-continuous 800 F Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 65%+2% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1042 sq. ft. Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 2.5 lbs./gal. Reducer 1 pint/gal. 2.7 lbs./gal. Reducer 1 pint/gal. 2.7 lbs./gal. Primer/Substrates HeatGrip 4750 may be applied directly to properly prepared steel substrates. For outstanding performance under cycling conditions, HeatGrip 4750 should be applied over ZincGard 1000 inorganic zinc. Excessive thickness over inorganic zinc can result in blistering and delamination when the temperature is increased. Colors Black & Aluminum standard. Custom colors are available however, the temperature restrictions may vary with color. Shipping Data Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 12 lbs. 60 lbs. Reducer 1 8 lbs. 40 lbs. Reducer 2 9 lbs. 45 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) HeatGrip F Reducer 1 53 F Reducer F Shelf Life: 3 years when stored inside at 40 F to 110 F. Resistance HeatGrip 4750 is designed for elevated temperatures and exposures to mild chemical fumes under typical atmospheric conditions. Splash & Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes Acidic Not recommended Poor Fair Alkaline Not recommended Poor Fair Solvents Not recommended Good Good Salt water Not recommended Good Very Good Water Not recommended Good Very Good COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS 90 Page 1 of 2

91 91 HeatGrip 4750 Surface Preparation Remove oil and grease from the surface with a solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Steel: Abrasive blasting is preferred when possible as the performance is enhanced. For normal environments, abrasive blast to a Near-White metal finish per SSPC-SP 10 to obtain a 1 ½ mil profile. Mixing Power mix HeatGrip 4750 prior to thinning and application. Thinning Thinning is not required for most applications; however HeatGrip 4750 may be thinned up to 1 pint/gal. Reducer 1 is recommended for applications temperatures below 70 F and Reducer 2 is recommended above 70 F. Reducer 2 is recommended for overcoating inorganic zinc primers as well as for brush and roller applications of HeatGrip Applications Conditions Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50 F 50 F 50 Maximum 90 F 110 F 110 F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation. Application Equipment Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 I.D. minimum material hose and a.070 I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a.017 to.021 tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core. Drying Time The following minimum times are based on 1.5 mils DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Temperature To Touch To Handle To Recoat 50 F 12 hrs. 32 hrs. 12 hrs 60 F 6 hrs. 16 hrs. 6 hrs 70 F 3 hrs. 8 hrs. 3 hrs 80 F 2 hrs. 5 hrs. 2 hrs 90 F 1 hr. 3 hrs. 1 hr HeatGrip 4750 remains soft to the fingernail after ambient cure. To achieve full hardness, a heat cure of 350 F minimum is required. To prevent blistering of the film, the following curing schedule is recommended: Air dry according to the above To Handle schedule followed by a slow increase in temperature at the rate of 100 F per hour until operating temperature is reached. Maximum Recoat HeatGrip 4750 can be recoated with itself at any time prior to heat curing by simply removing dirt and contamination of the existing coat. If HeatGrip 4750 is fully cured, the coating should be sweep blasted with fine abrasive to roughen the surface. Cleanup Cleanup with Reducer 1 or Reducer 2. Rev 1/31/14 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of Weldon Parkway, St. Louis, MO phone ; fax

92 HeatGrip 4950 Water Borne High Temperature Silicone Features High temperature topcoat Water Borne Single Package VOC compliant for high temperature coatings Withstands 950 F continuous temperature Direct to metal capability over properly prepared carbon steel and stainless steel substrates Good chemical resistance Air dry hardness Typical Uses Used as a finish coat for fans, stack exteriors, hot piping, furnaces, exhaust pipes, mufflers and other steel substrates operating at temperatures up to 950 F. HeatGrip 4950 may be applied direct to properly prepared carbon steel and stainless steel surfaces. Use of ZincGard 1000 inorganic zinc as the prime coat will provide outstanding corrosion resistance during periods of shutdown or when operating at less than 200 F Performance Data (typical) Salt Spray (ASTM B 117) 1000 hours (over ZincGard 1000) Plane blistering or rusting: none Physical Data Pencil Hardness (450 F cure) 4 H Pencil Hardness (ambient cure) Soft to 4B Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) 300 psi Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 950 F Non-continuous 1000 F Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 32%+2% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 513 sq. ft. Volatile Organic Content Unthinned as supplied 0.1 lbs./gal. Film Thickness (per coat) Dry film thickness: 1.0 to 1.5 mils Wet film thickness: 3 to 5 mils Theoretical coverage: 513 sq. ft.@ 1.0 mils DFT Note: Two coats are recommended over properly prepared steel substrates. One coat is recommended over inorganic zinc primers. Excessive film thickness over inorganic zinc primer can cause topcoat blistering and delamination when the system is exposed to a rapid rise in surface temperature. Primer/Substrates HeatGrip 4950 may be applied directly to properly prepared steel substrates. For outstanding performance under cycling conditions, HeatGrip 4750 can be applied over ZincGard 1000 inorganic zinc. Excessive thickness over inorganic zinc can result in blistering and delamination when the temperature is increased. Colors Black is standard. Custom colors are available however; the temperature restrictions may vary with color. Shipping Data Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 11 lbs. 55 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) HeatGrip 4950 Above 200 F (water based) Shelf Life: 1 year when stored inside at 40 F to 110 F. Resistance HeatGrip 4950 is designed for elevated temperatures and exposures to mild chemical fumes under typical atmospheric conditions. Splash & Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes Acidic Not recommended Poor Fair Alkaline Not recommended Poor Fair Solvents Not recommended Good Good Salt water Not recommended Good Very Good Water Not recommended Good Very Good COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS 92 Page 1 of 2

93 93 HeatGrip 4950 Surface Preparation Remove oil and grease from the surface with a solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Steel: Abrasive blasting is preferred when possible as the performance is enhanced. For normal environments, abrasive blast to a Near-White metal finish per SSPC-SP 10 to obtain a 1 ½ mil profile. HeatGrip 4950 can be applied over phosphatize steel. Mixing Power mix HeatGrip 4950 prior to thinning and application. Thinning Thinning is not required for most applications; however HeatGrip 4950 may be thinned up to 1 pint/gal. with clean potable water. Applications Conditions Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50 F 50 F 50 Maximum 90 F 110 F 110 F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation. Application Equipment Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 I.D. minimum material hose and a.070 I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a.017 to.021 tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core. Drying Time The following minimum times are based on 1.5 mils DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Temperature To Touch To Handle To Recoat 50 F 12 hrs. 32 hrs. 12 hrs 60 F 6 hrs. 16 hrs. 6 hrs 70 F 3 hrs. 8 hrs. 3 hrs 80 F 2 hrs. 5 hrs. 2 hrs 90 F 1 hr. 3 hrs. 1 hr HeatGrip 4950 remains soft to the fingernail after ambient cure. To achieve full hardness, a heat cure of 350 F minimum is required. To prevent blistering of the film, the following curing schedule is recommended: Air dry according to the above To Handle schedule followed by a slow increase in temperature at the rate of 100 F per hour until operating temperature is reached. Maximum Recoat HeatGrip 4950 can be recoated with itself at any time prior to heat curing by simply removing dirt and contamination of the existing coat. If HeatGrip 4950 is fully cured, the coating should be sweep blasted with fine abrasive to roughen the surface. Cleanup Cleanup potable water followed by Reducer 1 or Reducer 2. Rev. 1/31/14 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of Weldon Parkway, St. Louis, MO phone ; fax

94 94 Albi Manufacturing Division of StanChem, Inc. 401 Berlin St., East Berlin, CT / Fax: 860/ ALBI CLAD 800 Product Data Information page 1 of 2 Albi Clad 800 is an intumescent mastic coating applied to structural steel, concrete and other construction materials for the purposes of fire protection. Albi Clad 800 carries a wide range of UL listings for interior and exterior uses under both the E-119 and the UL 1709 High Rise Hydrocarbon test criteria. RECOMMENDED USES Listed by Underwriter s Laboratories for both interior and exterior application, Albi Clad 800 should be specified wherever long-lasting fireproofing with high abrasion and impact resistance is required. Albi Clad 800 is ideal for use in a wide variety of commercial, institutional and industrial environments where conventional fireproofing is not sufficiently rugged, lightweight or attractive. Albi Clad 800 will withstand weathering and chemical fumes. It is highly recommended for use on offshore drilling platforms, petrochemical plants, power plants and dock facilities: FEATURES UL listed for 1 to 3 hours to ASTM E-119 & UL UL tested for both interior & exterior exposures. Application maintains the contours of the substrate. Lightweight & hammer-hard. Asbestos Free. Factory formulated: eliminates job-site mixing. Highly resistant to ultraviolet exposure. Accepted by building codes and insurance carriers. Maintains excellent fire protective properties when exposed to years of extreme abuse and vibration. APPLICATION Albi Clad 800 is spray applied directly from the shipping container, utilizing standard, heavy-duty, pneumatic spray equipment. Thickness of the application will depend upon the fire endurance rating specified. Albi Clad 800 must be applied by qualified, factory-trained, applicators. Installation must be in accordance with manufacturer s printed instructions, and in compliance with specific test requirements. PHYSICAL PROPERTIES PROPERTY TEST METHOD VALUE Dry Applied Density 68 PCF Lap Shear ASTM D1002 >371 PS I (cohesive failure) Cohesive/Adhesive Strength ASTM D4541 >375 PSI (cohesive failure) Compressive Strength ASTM D695 2,100 PSI Modulus of Elasticity ASTM D695 94,800 PSI Flexural Strength ASTM D790 1,420 PSI Modulus of Elasticity ASTM D ,000 PSI Tensile Strength ASTM D PSI Abrasion Resistance ASTM D gm. loss1000 cycles Impact Resistance ASTM D ft. lbs.in.of notch Hardness SHORE D Thermal Expansion Coefficient ASTM D X 10-5in./in./ o F. Thermal Conductivity ASTM F BTU in./hr. ft2/ o F. Flame Spread ASTM E84 15 Smoke Developed ASTM E84 40

95 95 Albi Manufacturing Division of StanChem, Inc. 401 Berlin St., East Berlin, CT / Fax: 860/ ALBI CLAD 800 Product Data Information page 2 of 2 SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION 1.0 SCOPE This specification covers requirements for materials, equipment and application of intumescent mastic to provide fire protection to steel structures and supports as indicated on the design drawings, and in accordance with applicable requirements of contract documents. Further, this specification shall be supplemented by the applicable requirements of building codes, insurance rating organizations and all other authorities having jurisdiction. 1.1 QUALIFICATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS Application of Albi Clad 800 fireproofing shall be performed by qualified, factory-trained applicators having proper equipment and training to complete the installation in accordance with Albi Manufacturing s recommendations. Proof of such qualification shall be submitted with bid documents. 1.2 SURFACE PREP Albi Clad 800 intumescent mastic shall be directly applied to surfaces that have been properly prepared to receive this fireproof coating. The surfaces must be clean and dry, free from rust, grease, dust or other contaminants that will interfere with proper bonding All steel surfaces shall be primed with compatible metal primer prior to fireproofing application. Phenolic modified alkyd primer shall be Albi 487S or approved equal. For exterior application: steel shall be properly prepared by commercial blast cleaning and primed the same day Where existing painted steel is to be fireproofed with intumescent mastic, existing paint surface must be checked for compatibility with intumescent coating prior to fireproofing application. Follow Albi Mfg s instructions for compatibility check If it is determined that the existing paint surface is sensitive to mastic fireproofing solvents, then existing steel shall be sandblasted and reprimed as outlined in section COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES Albi Clad 800 shall be installed after all steel is in place, but before ducts, pipe work, equipment or other obstructions are installed so that fireproofing can be applied to all exposed steel. 1.4 DELIVERY & STORAGE Albi Clad 800 shall be delivered to the jobsite in factory sealed containers ready to use. MATERIALS 2.0 FIREPROOFING Fireproofing shall be applied in accordance with drawings or specifications, and shall conform to fire protective ratings as outlined by UL 263 (ASTM E-119) and/or UL 1709 and classified by Underwriter s Laboratories, Inc. or other independent, acceptable, testing laboratories conducting specific test to meet end-use requirements. 2.1 COATING Intumescent mastic fireproof coating for interior or exterior use shall be Albi Clad 800 as manufactured by Albi Manufacturing, Division of StanChem, Inc. 401 Berlin Street, East Berlin, Connecticut OVERCOATING Overcoating is not required with Albi Clad 800. However, if an overcoat is required for color coding, aesthetics or additional surface protection against spills, a suitable topcoat shall be used. For unusually severe environments consult Albi Mfg. for recommendations of appropriate topcoats. INSTALLATION & FINISH 3.0 INSTALLATION 3.1 Albi Manufacturing recommends that installation be performed with the use of a pneumatic pump designed for application of heavy-duty, viscous materials and a heavy-duty, mastic spray gun. Compressor shall provide at least 80 CFM (2.3 m3/min.) of air at 100 PSI (7 kg/cm2). Material hose must be 3/4 (19.1 mm) I.D. Nylon or other corrosive resistant type suitable for strong solvents. Gun shall have minimum 3/4 (19.1 mm) material inlet and 3/8 (9.5mm) air inlet ports. 3.2 Final wet film thickness application must conform to manufacturer s listed design or to recommendations for specified rating. All surfaces shall be rolled prior to drying of surface film in order to remove unsightly drippings or surface irregularity. 3.3 Small patchwork or damaged areas may be hand-troweled or gloved. When hand troweling, tools must be kept wet with Albi Clad solvent in order to avoid sticking. 3.4 THICKNESS OF APPLICATION Albi Clad 800 shall be applied to the thickness required in accordance with the acceptable test data. Thickness shall be measured on the basis of wet film thickness taken by frequent random probe measurements during application. Although test data measurements are taken on dry film thickness, supervision of application must be undertaken while material is being installed, since final, cured, dry film thickness will reflect shrinkage due to evaporation of occluded solvents. 3.5 SAMPLE APPLICATION Before proceeding with the work, the applicator shall apply a section of approximately 100 sq. ft. (9.3 sq. meters) area. This section shall be witnessed by architect s or owner s representative and shall be subject to their approval to be used as guide for texture and thickness of the finished work. 3.6 CLEAN UP Work area shall be maintained in an orderly condition with good housekeeping conditions prevailing. Upon completion of installation, all debris shall be cleared and removed from jobsite. 3.7 GUARANTEE Albi Manufacturing shall warrant material to conform to its specification, and be free of manufacturing defects for a period of six months Applicator shall guarantee that the installation of material conforms to Albi Manufacturing s recommendations and project specifications, and shall further guarantee the workmanship connected with the installation for a period of one year from date of installation.

96 96 ACRYLICS- WATER BASED ACRYLICS-WA- TER BASED

97 AquaGrip 5000 Acrylic Latex Coating Direct to metal finish Flat gloss Water based Excellent Color & Gloss Retention Single package Available in colors VOC compliant Extended recoat windows Excellent wetting and adhesion properties Flexible film AquaGrip 5000 is used as a direct to metal finish as well as a finish coat for alkyd, epoxy, vinyl, chlorinated rubber coating where a single package, easy to use, color and gloss retentive product is desired. Ideal product for color coding handrails and piping. Used on structural steel, steel tanks, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, transformers, railcars, pulp & paper mills, and others as recommended. Weathering (ASTM D 1014 South Florida) 3 months 95%+ gloss retention Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250 F Non-continuous 300 F Theoretical volume solids content of mixed material 41%+1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 658 sq. ft 0.2 lbs./gal. 24 g/l Dry film thickness: 2 to 3 mils Wet film thickness: 5 to 7mils Theoretical Coverage: 319 sq. 2 mils Note: One coat is normally required; however, certain colors may require additional coats for hiding. AquaGrip 5000 is normally applied to an alkyd or epoxy coating. AquaGrip 5000 is recommended over MultiGrip 7010 primer (7000 series). AquaGrip 5000 is not normally topcoated with another coating, as it is normally recoated with itself. AquaGrip 5000 is available in a variety of colors. Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) 11 lbs. 55 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) AquaGrip F Shelf Life: 1 year when stored inside at 40 F to 110 F. Do not allow AquaGrip 5000 to freeze. AquaGrip 5000 is resistant to a wide range of mild chemical fumes in atmospheric exposures. AquaGrip 5000 is not normally recommended for immersion service. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Spillage Fumes Acidic Poor Fair Alkaline Poor Fair Solvents Poor Fair Salt water Good Excellent Water Good Excellent COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS 97 Page 1 of 2

98 98 AquaGrip 5000 Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue in accordance with SSPC-SP1. If the prime coat or intermediate coat exceeds the cure time, prepare the surface as recommended by the underlying coating s surface preparation procedures. Power mix until uniform, then thin as required. Thinning is not normally required. However, when thinning, use clean potable water up to one pint per gallon. AquaGrip 5000 is a single package product and can be used once the container is opened and mixed. However, once exposed to the air, a skin can develop on the surface of the paint. Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50 F 35 F 35 Maximum 90 F 110 F 110 F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation, which may dull the finish. Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 I.D. minimum material hose and a.070 I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a.013 to.017 tip is recommended. A 60 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core. The following minimum times are based on a 2 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Temperature To Touch To Handle/Recoat 50 F 2 hrs. 8 hrs. 60 F 1 hr. 4 hrs. 70 F 30 minutes 2 hrs. 80 F 20 minutes 1 hr. 90 F 10 minutes 30 minutes AquaGrip 5000 is formulated to provide maximum bond strength between coats after weathering. Consequently, there is no time limitation regarding the maximum cure of AquaGrip 5000 prior to recoating with itself. However, the aged coating must be clean and free of chalk and surface contamination. High pressure washing is an acceptable method to remove chalk and surface contamination. Cleanup with clean, potable water followed by Reducer 3. Rev. 9/19/16 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of 2 phone ; fax St. Louis, MO

99 Metal Primer Corrosion protection Flat gloss Water base Single package VOC compliant Extended recoat windows Excellent wetting and adhesion properties Flexible film AquaGrip 5001 is used as a direct to metal primer for alkyd or acrylic finishes. It is an easy to use, single package, fast dry coating. Ideal product for a shop applied primer. Used on steel objects for refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, transformers, railcars, pulp & paper mills, and others as recommended. Humidity Corrosion (ASTM D2247): No effect Hardness (ASTM D3363): F pencil Elongation (ASTM D 522): 3/16 mandrel Adhesion (ASTM D 2247): 5B Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250 F Non-continuous 300 F Theoretical volume solids content of mixed material 35%+1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 562sq. ft Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 0.5 lbs./gal. Dry film thickness: 2 to 3 mils Wet film thickness: 6 to 8 mils Theoretical Coverage: 281 sq. 2 mils AquaGrip 5001 is normally applied to prepared metal surfaces. AquaGrip 5001 is normally topcoated with a water borne acrylic topcoat. AquaGrip 5001 is available in gray. Custom colors can be made. Packaging unit 5 gal. 55 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) 60 lbs. 660 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) AquaGrip F Shelf Life: 2 years when stored inside at 40 F to 110 F. Do not allow AquaGrip 5001 to freeze. AquaGrip 5001 is resistant to a wide range of mild chemical fumes in atmospheric exposures. AquaGrip 5001 is not normally recommended for immersion service. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Spillage Fumes Acidic Poor Fair Alkaline Poor Fair Solvents Poor Fair Salt water Good Excellent Water Good Excellent 99 Page 1 of 2

100 100 Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue in accordance with SSPC-SP1. If the prime coat or intermediate coat exceeds the cure time, prepare the surface as recommended by the underlying coating s surface preparation procedures. Power mix until uniform, then thin as required. Thinning is not normally required. However, when thinning, use clean potable water up to one pint per gallon. AquaGrip 5000 is a single package product and can be used once the container is opened and mixed. However, once exposed to the air, a skin can develop on the surface of the paint. Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50 F 35 F 35 Maximum 90 F 110 F 110 F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation, which may dull the finish. Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 I.D. minimum material hose and a.070 I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a.013 to.017 tip is recommended. A 60 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core. The following minimum times are based on a 2 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Temperature To Touch To Handle/Recoat 50 F 2 hrs. 8 hrs. 60 F 1 hr. 4 hrs. 70 F 20 minutes 30 minutes 80 F 10 minutes 20 minutes 90 F 5 minutes 10 minutes AquaGrip 5001 is formulated to provide maximum bond strength between coats after weathering. Consequently, there is no time limitation regarding the maximum cure of AquaGrip 5001 prior to recoating with itself. However, the aged coating must be clean and free of chalk. Cleanup with clean, potable water followed by Reducer 3. Rev. 9/14/15 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of 2

101 AquaGrip 5020 Acrylic Latex Coating Semi gloss finish Water based Excellent Color & Gloss Retention Single package Available in colors VOC compliant Extended recoat windows Excellent wetting and adhesion properties Flexible film AquaGrip 5020 is used as a finish coat for alkyd, epoxy, vinyl, chlorinated rubber coating where a single package, easy to use, color and gloss retentive product is desired. Ideal product for use as an OEM finish. Used on structural steel, steel tanks, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, transformers, railcars, pulp & paper mills, and others as recommended. Weathering (ASTM D 1014 South Florida) 12 months 65%+ gloss retention Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250 F Non-continuous 300 F Theoretical volume solids content of mixed material 35%+2% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) Volatile Organic Content Unthinned (water excluded) 561 sq. ft 1.9 lbs./gal. 230 g/l Dry film thickness: 1 to 2 mils Wet film thickness: 3 to 4 mils Theoretical Coverage: 561 sq. 1 mil Note: One coat is normally required; however, certain colors may require additional coats for hiding. AquaGrip 5020 is normally applied to an alkyd or epoxy coating. AquaGrip 5020 is recommended over AquaGrip 2600 epoxy. AquaGrip 5020 is not normally topcoated with another coating, as it is normally recoated with itself. AquaGrip 5020 is available in a variety of colors. Custom colors can be computer matched. Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal. 50 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) 10 lbs. 50 lbs. 500 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) AquaGrip 5020 Above 200 F Shelf Life: 1 year when stored inside at 40 F to 110 F. Do not allow AquaGrip 5020 to freeze. AquaGrip 5020 is resistant to a wide range of mild chemical fumes in atmospheric exposures. AquaGrip 5020 is not normally recommended for immersion service. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Spillage Fumes Acidic Poor Fair Alkaline Poor Fair Solvents Poor Fair Salt water Good Excellent Water Good Excellent COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS 101 Page 1 of 2

102 102 AquaGrip 5020 Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue in accordance with SSPC-SP1. If the prime coat or intermediate coat exceeds the cure time, prepare the surface as recommended by the underlying coating s surface preparation procedures. Power mix until uniform, then thin as required. Thinning is not normally required. However, when thinning, use clean potable water up to one pint per gallon. AquaGrip 5020 is a single package product and can be used once the container is opened and mixed. However, once exposed to the air, a skin can develop on the surface of the paint. Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50 F 50 F 50 Maximum 90 F 110 F 110 F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation, which may dull the finish. Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 I.D. minimum material hose and a.070 I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a.013 to.017 tip is recommended. A 60 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: For touch up, use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core. The following minimum times are based on a 1 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation and 50% relative humidity. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Temperature To Touch To Handle/Recoat 50 F 2 hrs. 8 hrs. 60 F 1 hr. 4 hrs. 70 F 30 minutes 2 hrs. 80 F 20 minutes 1 hr. 90 F 10 minutes 30 minutes AquaGrip 5020 is formulated to provide maximum bond strength between coats after weathering. Consequently, there is no time limitation regarding the maximum cure of AquaGrip 5020 prior to recoating with itself. However, the aged coating must be clean and free of chalk and surface contamination. High pressure washing is an acceptable method of removing chalk and surface contamination. Cleanup with clean, potable water, followed by Reducer 3. Rev. 9/20/16 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of 2 phone ; fax St. Louis, MO

103 AquaGrip 5030 Water Based Dry Fall Egg shell gloss finish Water based Excellent Color & Gloss Retention Single package Available in colors VOC compliant Extended recoat windows Excellent wetting and adhesion properties Flexible film AquaGrip 5030 is used as a dry fall finish coat for alkyd, epoxy, vinyl, chlorinated rubber coating where a single package, easy to use, color and gloss retentive product is desired. Used on structural steel and concrete and other as recommended. Weathering (ASTM D 1014 South Florida) 12 months 65%+ gloss retention Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250 F Non-continuous 300 F Theoretical volume solids content of mixed material 37%+2% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 593 sq. ft Volatile Organic Content Unthinned (water excluded) 1.9 lbs./gal. 230 g/l Unthinned (water included).55 lbs./gal 67 g/l Dry film thickness: 1 to 2 mils Wet film thickness: 3 to 4 mils Theoretical Coverage: 593 sq. 1 mil Note: One coat is normally required; however, certain colors may require additional coats for hiding. AquaGrip 5030 is normally applied to an alkyd, acrylic or epoxy coating or directly to concrete. AquaGrip 5030 is not normally topcoated with another coating, as it is normally recoated with itself. AquaGrip 5030 is available in a variety of colors. Custom colors may be available. Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) 10 lbs. 50 lbs.. Flash Point: (Setaflash) AquaGrip 5020 Above 200 F Shelf Life: 1 year when stored inside at 40 F to 110 F. Do not allow AquaGrip 5020 to freeze. AquaGrip 5030 is resistant to a wide range of mild chemical fumes in atmospheric exposures. AquaGrip 5030 is not normally recommended for immersion service. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Spillage Fumes Acidic Poor Fair Alkaline Poor Fair Solvents Poor Fair Salt water Good Excellent Water Good Excellent COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS 103 Page 1 of 2

104 104 AquaGrip 5030 Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue in accordance with SSPC-SP1. If the prime coat or intermediate coat exceeds the cure time, prepare the surface as recommended by the underlying coating s surface preparation procedures. Power mix until uniform, then thin as required. Thinning is not normally required. However, when thinning, use clean potable water up to one pint per gallon. Thinning may affect dry fall characteristics. AquaGrip 5030 is a single package product and can be used once the container is opened and mixed. However, once exposed to the air, a skin can develop on the surface of the paint. Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50 F 50 F 50 Maximum 90 F 110 F 110 F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation, which may dull the finish. Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 I.D. minimum material hose and a.070 I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco s Xtreme with a 60:1 ratio and a.013 to.017 tip is recommended. A 60 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: For touch up, use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core. The following minimum times are based on a 1 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation and 50% relative humidity. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Temperature To Touch To Handle/Recoat 50 F 2 hrs. 8 hrs. 60 F 1 hr. 4 hrs. 70 F 30 minutes 2 hrs. 80 F 20 minutes 1 hr. 90 F 10 minutes 30 minutes AquaGrip 5030 is formulated to provide maximum bond strength between coats after weathering. Consequently, there is no time limitation regarding the maximum cure of AquaGrip 5030 prior to recoating with itself. However, the aged coating must be clean and free of chalk. Cleanup with clean, potable water, followed by Reducer 3. 9/20/16 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of 2 phone ; fax St. Louis, MO

105 DTM Water Reducible Coating AquaGrip 5100 Gloss Direct to metal finish Fast Dry High Gloss Finish Water based Excellent Color & Gloss Retention Single package Available in colors VOC compliant Extended recoat windows Excellent wetting and adhesion properties Flexible film AquaGrip 5100 is used as a direct to metal finish as well as a color coat for previously coated surfaces. Excellent for striping parking lots and warehouse floors. Ideal product for color coding handrails and piping. Used on structural steel, steel tanks, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, transformers, railcars, pulp & paper mills, and others as recommended. Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 180 F Non-continuous 250 F Theoretical volume solids content of mixed material 29%+1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) Volatile Organic Content* Unthinned 465 sq. ft 0.83 lbs./gal. 100 g/l * VOC may vary by color. If critical, contact US Coatings for color specific data. Dry film thickness: 1 to 2 mils Wet film thickness: 3 to 7 mils Theoretical Coverage: 233 sq. 2 mils Note: One coat is normally required; however, certain colors may require additional coats for hiding. AquaGrip 5100 is normally applied to a water based primer or alkyd primer such as AquaGrip 5001 or MultiGrip AquaGrip 5100 is not normally topcoated with another coating, as it is normally recoated with itself. AquaGrip 5100 is available in a variety of custom colors. Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) 11 lbs. 55 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) AquaGrip 5100 Above 200 F Shelf Life: 1 year when stored inside at 40 F to 110 F. Do not allow AquaGrip 5100 to freeze. AquaGrip 5100 is resistant to a wide range of mild chemical fumes in atmospheric exposures. AquaGrip 5100 is not normally recommended for immersion service. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Spillage Fumes Acidic Poor Fair Alkaline Poor Fair Solvents Poor Fair Salt water Good Excellent Water Good Excellent COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS 105 Page 1 of 2

106 106 AquaGrip 5100 Gloss Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue in accordance with SSPC-SP1. If the prime coat or intermediate coat exceeds the cure time, prepare the surface as recommended by the underlying coating s surface preparation procedures. Power mix until uniform, then thin as required. This product can be applied as a single coat or a two-coat system by cutting in all angles, sharp edges and flat surfaces with a mist coat followed by a full coat. The first coat should be allowed to tack slightly before applying the full coat. Thinning is not normally required. However, when thinning, use clean potable water up to one pint per gallon. AquaGrip 5100 is a single package product and can be used once the container is opened and mixed. However, once exposed to the air, a skin can develop on the surface of the paint. Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50 F 50 F 50 Maximum 90 F 110 F 110 F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation, which may dull the finish. Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 I.D. minimum material hose and a.070 I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a.013 to.017 tip is recommended. A 60 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core. The following minimum times are based on a 2 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Temperature To Touch To Handle/Recoat 50 F 2 hrs. 8 hrs. 60 F 1 hr. 4 hrs. 70 F 30 minutes 2 hrs. 80 F 20 minutes 1 hr. 90 F 10 minutes 30 minutes AquaGrip 5100 is formulated to provide maximum bond strength between coats after weathering. Consequently, there is no time limitation regarding the maximum cure of AquaGrip 5100 prior to recoating with itself. However, the aged coating must be clean and free of chalk and surface contamination. High pressure washing is an acceptable method of removing chalk and surface contamination. Cleanup with clean, potable water followed by Reducer 3. Rev. 9/20/16 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of 2 phone fax St. Louis, MO

107 DTM Water Reducible Coating AquaGrip 5100 Satin Direct to metal finish Fast Dry Satin Finish Water based Excellent Color & Gloss Retention Single package Available in colors VOC compliant Extended recoat windows Excellent wetting and adhesion properties Flexible film AquaGrip 5100 is used as a direct to metal finish as well as a color coat for previously coated surfaces. Excellent for striping parking lots and warehouse floors. Ideal product for color coding handrails and piping. Used on structural steel, steel tanks, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, transformers, railcars, pulp & paper mills, and others as recommended. Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 180 F Non-continuous 250 F Theoretical volume solids content of mixed material 29%+1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) Volatile Organic Content* Unthinned 465 sq. ft 0.83 lbs./gal. 100 g/l * VOC may vary by color. If critical, contact US Coatings for color specific data. Dry film thickness: 1 to 2 mils Wet film thickness: 3 to 7 mils Theoretical Coverage: 233 sq. 2 mils Note: One coat is normally required; however, certain colors may require additional coats for hiding. AquaGrip 5100 is normally applied to a water based primer or alkyd primer such as AquaGrip 5001 or MultiGrip AquaGrip 5100 is not normally topcoated with another coating, as it is normally recoated with itself. AquaGrip 5100 is available in a variety of custom colors. Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) 11 lbs. 55 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) AquaGrip 5100 Above 200 F Shelf Life: 1 year when stored inside at 40 F to 110 F. Do not allow AquaGrip 5100 to freeze. AquaGrip 5100 is resistant to a wide range of mild chemical fumes in atmospheric exposures. AquaGrip 5100 is not normally recommended for immersion service. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Spillage Fumes Acidic Poor Fair Alkaline Poor Fair Solvents Poor Fair Salt water Good Excellent Water Good Excellent COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS 107 Page 1 of 2

108 108 AquaGrip 5100 Satin Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue in accordance with SSPC-SP1. If the prime coat or intermediate coat exceeds the cure time, prepare the surface as recommended by the underlying coating s surface preparation procedures. Power mix until uniform, then thin as required. This product can be applied as a single coat or a two-coat system by cutting in all angles, sharp edges and flat surfaces with a mist coat followed by a full coat. The first coat should be allowed to tack slightly before applying the full coat. Thinning is not normally required. However, when thinning, use clean potable water up to one pint per gallon. AquaGrip 5100 is a single package product and can be used once the container is opened and mixed. However, once exposed to the air, a skin can develop on the surface of the paint. Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50 F 50 F 50 Maximum 90 F 110 F 110 F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation, which may dull the finish. Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 I.D. minimum material hose and a.070 I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a.013 to.017 tip is recommended. A 60 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core. The following minimum times are based on a 2 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Temperature To Touch To Handle/Recoat 50 F 2 hrs. 8 hrs. 60 F 1 hr. 4 hrs. 70 F 30 minutes 2 hrs. 80 F 20 minutes 1 hr. 90 F 10 minutes 30 minutes AquaGrip 5100 is formulated to provide maximum bond strength between coats after weathering. Consequently, there is no time limitation regarding the maximum cure of AquaGrip 5100 prior to recoating with itself. However, the aged coating must be clean and free of chalk and surface contamination. High pressure washing is an acceptable method of removing chalk and surface contamination. Cleanup with clean, potable water followed by Reducer 3. Rev. 9/20/16 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of 2 phone fax St. Louis, MO

109 AquaGrip 5200 Acrylic Elastomeric Coating Elastomeric Coating Fiber reinforced to bridge hairline cracks Water based Excellent Color & Gloss Retention Single package Available in colors VOC compliant Excellent wetting and adhesion properties Concrete and steel coating Satin finish AquaGrip 5200 is used as a finish for concrete, steel and galbestos substrates. Used to refurbish siding, tank exteriors, old coatings. Weathering (ASTM D 1014 South Florida) 3 months 95%+ gloss retention Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250 F Non-continuous 300 F Theoretical volume solids content of mixed material 54%+1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 866 sq. ft 0.10 lbs./gal. 12 g/l AquaGrip 5200 is resistant to a wide range of mild chemical fumes in atmospheric exposures. AquaGrip 5200 is not normally recommended for immersion service. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Spillage Fumes Acidic Poor Fair Alkaline Poor Fair Solvents Poor Fair Salt water Good Excellent Water Good Excellent Dry film thickness: 15 mils Wet film thickness: 35 mils Theoretical Coverage: 57 sq. 15 mils Note: One coat is normally required; however, additional coats may be applied to achieve higher film thickness. Blasted Steel: Use AquaGrip 5001 or MasticGrip Tightly adhering rusty steel: MasticGrip 2500 Old Coatings: RustGrip 2300 or MasticGrip 2500 Concrete, Block, Brick or other Masonry surfaces: Self-priming or RustGrip AquaGrip 5200 is not normally topcoated with another coating, as it is normally recoated with itself. AquaGrip 5200 is available in a variety of custom colors. Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) 11 lbs. 55 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) AquaGrip F Shelf Life: 1 year when stored inside at 40 F to 110 F. Do not allow AquaGrip 5200 to freeze. COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS 109 Page 1 of 2

110 110 AquaGrip 5200 Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue in accordance with SSPC-SP1. If the prime coat or intermediate coat exceeds the cure time, prepare the surface as recommended by the underlying coating s surface preparation procedures. Power mix until uniform, then thin as required. Thinning is not normally required. However, when thinning, use clean potable water up to one pint per gallon. AquaGrip 5200 is a single package product and can be used once the container is opened and mixed. However, once exposed to the air, a skin can develop on the surface of the paint. Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50 F 50 F 50 Maximum 90 F 110 F 110 F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation, which may dull the finish. Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 I.D. minimum material hose and a.070 I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco s Xtreme 45:1 or equal with a.015 to.017 tip is recommended. Remover all inline filters, including gun and tip filters. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core. The following minimum times are based on a 15 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation and 50% relative humidity. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Temperature To Touch To Handle/Recoat 60 F 4 hr. 12 hrs. 70 F 2 hrs. 8 hrs. 80 F 1 hr. 4 hrs. AquaGrip 5200 is formulated to provide maximum bond strength between coats after weathering. Consequently, there is no time limitation regarding the maximum cure of AquaGrip 5200 prior to recoating with itself. However, the aged coating must be clean and free of chalk and surface contamination. High pressure washing is an acceptable method to remove chalk and surface contamination. Cleanup with clean, potable water followed by Reducer 1. Rev. 9/20/16 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of 2 phone ; fax St. Louis, MO

111 AquaGrip 5220 DTM Dip Coating Dip coating Water based Direct to metal Single package Eggshell finish VOC compliant Extended recoat windows Fast dry Excellent wetting and adhesion properties Flexible film Certified chloride free AquaGrip 5220 is used as a prime coat for pretreated metal where a single package, easy to use product is desired. Corrosion resistant pigmentation provides protection of the metal. Used as an OEM finish for steel items designed for use in industrial exposures. Passes ASTM B-117 salt fog testing for 200 hours untopcoated and 500 hours topcoated. Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250 F Non-continuous 300 F Theoretical volume solids content of mixed material 32%+1% Viscosity sec. #2 Zahn Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 514 sq. ft 1.6 lbs./gal. 194 g/l AquaGrip 5220 is resistant to a wide range of mild chemical fumes in atmospheric exposures. AquaGrip 5220 is not normally recommended for immersion service. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Spillage Fumes Acidic Poor Fair Alkaline Poor Fair Solvents Poor Fair Salt water Good Excellent Water Good Excellent Dry film thickness: 2-3 mils Wet film thickness: 6 to 9 mils Theoretical Coverage: 257 sq. 2 mils Note: One coat is normally required; however, certain colors may require additional coats for hiding. AquaGrip 5220 is normally applied directly to pretreated metal, such as phosphatized steel. AquaGrip 5220 is not normally topcoated with another coating, as it is normally recoated with itself. AquaGrip 5220 is available in black. Other colors are available upon special order. Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) 14 lbs. 70 lbs. 1 gal. 5 gal. Reducer 3 9 lbs. 45 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) AquaGrip F Reducer 3 78 F Shelf Life: 1 year when stored inside at 40 F to 110 F. COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS 111 Page 1 of 2

112 AquaGrip 5220 Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue in accordance with SSPC-SP1. Chemically prepare the metal with the recommended pre-treatment. Power mix until uniform, then thin as required. Continuous slow mixing is required for dip tanks. Thinning is not normally required; however, clean potable water may be used up to one pint per gallon. As evaporation occurs in dip tanks, replenish the water with a 2-part paint to 1-part water ratio. AquaGrip 5220 is a single package product and can be used once the container is opened and mixed. However, once exposed to the air, a skin can develop on the surface of the paint. Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50 F 35 F 35 Maximum 90 F 110 F 110 F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation, which may dull the finish. Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 I.D. minimum material hose and a.070 I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a.013 to.017 tip is recommended. A 60 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core. Dip Coating: Dipping times and temperatures are designed for the specific production line. The following minimum times are based on a 2 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Temperature To Touch To Handle/Recoat 50 F 4 hrs. 12 hrs. 60 F 2 hrs. 9 hrs. 70 F 1 hrs. 6 hrs. 80 F 45 minutes 4 hrs. 90 F 30 minutes 3 hrs. 100 F 20 minutes 2 hrs. 120 F 10 minutes 1 hr. 150 F 5 minutes ½ hr. AquaGrip 5220 is formulated to provide maximum bond strength between coats after weathering. Consequently, there is no time limitation regarding the maximum cure of AquaGrip 5220 prior to recoating with itself. However, the aged coating must be clean and free of chalk and surface contamination. High pressure washing is an acceptable method to remove chalk and surface contamination. Cleanup with water followed by Reducer #3. Rev. 9/20/16 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of 2 phone ; fax St. Louis, MO 112

113 AquaGrip 5300 DTM Water Reducible Coating Direct to metal finish Glossy finish Water based Excellent Color & Gloss Retention Single package Available in colors VOC compliant Extended recoat windows Excellent wetting and adhesion properties Flexible film AquaGrip 5300 is used as a direct to metal finish as well as a color coat for previously coated surfaces. Excellent for striping parking lots and warehouse floors. Ideal product for color coding handrails and piping. Used on structural steel, steel tanks, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, transformers, railcars, pulp & paper mills, and others as recommended. Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250 F Non-continuous 300 F Theoretical volume solids content of mixed material 39%+1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) Volatile Organic Content* Unthinned 626 sq. ft 0.7 lbs./gal. 85 g/l * VOC may vary by color. If critical, contact US Coatings for color specific data. Dry film thickness: 2 to 3 mils Wet film thickness: 5 to 7mils Theoretical Coverage: 313 sq. 2 mils Note: One coat is normally required; however, certain colors may require additional coats for hiding. AquaGrip 5300 is normally applied to an alkyd or epoxy coating. AquaGrip 5300 is recommended over MultiGrip 7010 primer (7000 series). AquaGrip 5300 is not normally topcoated with another coating, as it is normally recoated with itself. AquaGrip 5300 is available in a variety of custom colors. Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) 11 lbs. 55 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) AquaGrip 5300 Above 200 F Shelf Life: 1 year when stored inside at 40 F to 110 F. Do not allow AquaGrip 5300 to freeze. AquaGrip 5300 is resistant to a wide range of mild chemical fumes in atmospheric exposures. AquaGrip 5300 is not normally recommended for immersion service. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Spillage Fumes Acidic Poor Fair Alkaline Poor Fair Solvents Poor Fair Salt water Good Excellent Water Good Excellent COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS 113 Page 1 of 2

114 114 AquaGrip 5300 Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue in accordance with SSPC-SP1. If the prime coat or intermediate coat exceeds the cure time, prepare the surface as recommended by the underlying coating s surface preparation procedures. Power mix until uniform, then thin as required. Thinning is not normally required. However, when thinning, use clean potable water up to one pint per gallon. AquaGrip 5300 is a single package product and can be used once the container is opened and mixed. However, once exposed to the air, a skin can develop on the surface of the paint. Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50 F 50 F 50 Maximum 90 F 110 F 110 F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation, which may dull the finish. Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 I.D. minimum material hose and a.070 I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a.013 to.017 tip is recommended. A 60 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core. The following minimum times are based on a 2 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Temperature To Touch To Handle/Recoat 50 F 2 hrs. 8 hrs. 60 F 1 hr. 4 hrs. 70 F 30 minutes 2 hrs. 80 F 20 minutes 1 hr. 90 F 10 minutes 30 minutes NOTE: The acrylic drying process may require several weeks at 70 F with proper ventilation to achieve full adhesion and water resistance properties. Cooler temperatures, increased humidity and increased film thickness will lengthen this process. AquaGrip 5300 is formulated to provide maximum bond strength between coats after weathering. Consequently, there is no time limitation regarding the maximum cure of AquaGrip 5300 prior to recoating with itself. However, the aged coating must be clean and free of chalk and surface contamination. High pressure washing is an acceptable method to remove chalk and surface contamination. Cleanup with clean, potable water followed by Reducer 3. Rev. 9/20/16 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of 2 phone fax St. Louis, MO

115 115 LININGS LININGS

116 GripLine 6000 Water-Based Fibrated Baked Phenolic Tank Lining Resists stress cracking Water based Excellent high temperature resistance Excellent acid resistance Excellent solvent resistance Very low VOC FDA compliant Excellent abrasion resistance Self priming Excellent high pressure resistance GripLine 6000 is a self priming, multiple or single coat, thin film, high bake modified phenolic for immersion service. GripLine 6000 is specifically used as a tank lining for 90% to 98% sulfuric acid service as well as other aggressive chemical exposures as recommended. Used to line steel tanks, reactors, rail tank cars and truck tankers requiring a high degree of chemical resistance. GripLine 6000 is FDA compliant for direct food contact. Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060) 1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss CS 17 wheel 34 mg Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794) Direct impact 80 in-lbs. Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) 600 psi Temperature resistance: (varies with immersion exposure) Continuous 250 F Non-continuous 400 F Conversion Rate of mixed material: (based on true applied conversion rate, wet film to dry film) 64%+1% *Tested in accordance with TNCRR procedures Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1027 sq. ft. Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 0.75 lbs./gal. 91 g/l Potable 3 fl. oz./gal lbs./gal. GripLine 6000 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric and immersion exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Exposure Immersion Acids Excellent Alkaline Poor Salt water Excellent 194 F Water Excellent Solvents Excellent Note: Consult U.S. Coatings lining guide and technical service for specific recommendations. Dry film thickness: 3 to 5 mils Wet film thickness: 5 to 8 mils Theoretical coverage: 342 sq. 3 mils DFT GripLine 6000 is applied directly to properly prepared steel as recommended. GripLine 6000 is normally topcoated with itself and does not require additional topcoats. GripLine 6000 is available in white that changes to chocolate brown upon baking. Packaging unit Part A Part B Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 5 gal. 5 gal. 4 fl. oz. (approx) 70 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Part A > 200 F Part B >200 F Shelf Life: 45 days for the Part A and 1 year for the Part B when stored inside at 77 F. COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS 116 Page 1 of 2

117 117 GripLine 6000 Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Steel: Immersion Service: Abrasive blast to a White Metal cleanliness according to SSPC-SP 5 to achieve mil anchor profile. Power mix the Part A component, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 5 Gal. Kit GripLine 6000 Part A 5 gallon GripLine 6000 Part B (Pre-measured) 4 fl. oz. (approx) Allow 1 hour sweat-in before application. For optimum results, precondition GripLine 6000 to 77 F. At this temperature, thinning is not normally required. GripLine 6000 may be thinned up to 4 fl. oz/gal. with potable water. Notes: GripLine 6000 viscosity drops rapidly with addition of small amounts of potable water or heat. Six hours at 80 and less at higher temperatures. Material Surface Ambient Minimum 60 F 60 F 60 F Maximum 90 F 90 F 90 F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco s King with a 56:1 ratio and a.019 to.021 tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core. Note: Use dedicated spray lines to apply this product. Use of spray lines that have been previously used to apply epoxies or urethanes will result in the previous coating stripping out of the lines. This will result in excessive tip plugging, contamination and holidays in the final film. The following minimum times are based on two coats at 3-5 mils DFT per coat; 6-10 mils total DFT, and proper air ventilation. Ventilate for 1 hour prior to heating. Coating Intermediate Final Bake Sequence Bake Time/Temp Time/Temp First Coat F Second Coat F F F Final Bake F Temperature rise should be no greater than 60 F per hour. NOTE: The Set Up temperature should not exceed 235 F. All temperatures are based on metal temperature. All holiday detection and touch up should be conducted after the 2 nd coat application and intermediate bake has been completed and prior to the final bake. GripLine 6000 cannot be recoated or touched up after the final bake without additional surface preparation. Cleanup with potable water, followed by a final rinse with MEK. Pre-wet spray lines with potable water prior to charging the lines with GripLine Rev. 9/20/16 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of 2 phone ; fax St. Louis, MO

118 GripLine 6100 Novolac Epoxy Tank Lining Excellent chemical resistance Semi-gloss finish VOC compliant High solids formulation Excellent build on edges Ambient temperature cure Blush resistant during cure Easy to apply GripLine 6100 is used as a tank lining or maintenance coating for highly corrosive environments. Used to line steel tanks and to coat structural steel for offshore platforms, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills and other areas as recommended. Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060) 1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss CS 17 wheel 60 mg Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794) Direct impact 80 in-lbs. Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) 4405psi Temperature resistance (non-immersion): Continuous 250 F Non-continuous 300 F Theoretical volumes solids of mixed material 72% +/-1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1155 sq. ft. Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 2.0 lbs./gal. 242 g/l Reducer 1 pint/gal. 2.6 lbs./gal. 315 g/l GripLine 6100 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric and immersion exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash& Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes Acidic Excellent Excellent Excellent Alkaline Excellent Excellent Excellent Solvents Good Excellent Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent Excellent Dry film thickness: 4 to 6 mils Wet film thickness: 5 to 9 mils Theoretical coverage: 231 sq. 5 mils DFT GripLine 6100 is applied directly to steel as recommended. GripLine 6100 is normally topcoated with itself and does not require additional topcoats. GripLine 6100 is available in brick red and medium gray. Normally the red is used as the primer to provide color contrast with the steel surface and gray topcoat. Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal. Part A 0.8 gal. 4 gal. Part B 0.2 gal. 1 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 13 lbs. 65 lbs. 1 gal. 5 gal. Reducer 3 8 lbs. 40 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Part A 21 F Part B 40 F Reducer 3 81 o F Shelf Life: 2 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40 F to 110 F. COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS 118 Page 1 of 2

119 119 GripLine 6100 Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Steel: Immersion Service: Abrasive blast to a White Metal cleanliness according to SSPC-SP 5 to achieve mil anchor profile. Non-Immersion Service: Abrasive blast to Near White Metal cleanliness according to SSPC-SP10 to achieve mil anchor profile. Power mix the Part A component, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 1 Gal. Kit 5 Gal. Kit GripLine 6100 Part A.8 gallon 4 gallon GripLine 6100 Part B.2 gallon 1 gallon Thinning is not required for most applications; however, GripLine 6100 may be thinned up to 1 pint/gal. with Reducer 3. Two hours at 75 and less at higher temperatures. Pot life ends by the loss of film build. Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50 F 50 F 50 F Maximum 90 F 110 F 110 F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation. Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 I.D. minimum material hose and.070 I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a.017 to.021 tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core. The following minimum times are based on a 5 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase dryimg times. Surface Final Temperature To Touch To Recoat Cure 60 o F 6 hrs. 48 hrs. 14 days 70 o F 3 hrs. 24 hrs. 7 days 80 o F 2 hrs. 12 hrs. 4 days Surface Temperature Days 50 o F o F o F 7 If the maximum recoat time is exceeded, the coating should be sweep blasted with fine aggregate to roughen the surface Cleanup with Reducer 3. Rev. 9/20/16 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of 2 phone ; fax St. Louis, MO

120 GripLine 6110 Glass Flake Novolac Epoxy Tank Lining Excellent chemical resistance Semi-gloss finish VOC compliant High solids formulation Excellent build on edges Ambient temperature cure Blush resistant during cure Easy to apply Used for CUI GripLine 6110 is used as a tank lining or maintenance coating for highly corrosive environments. Used to line steel tanks and to coat structural steel for offshore platforms, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills, and other areas as recommended. Great for use under insulation on carbon or stainless steel. Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060) 1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss CS 17 wheel 60 mg Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794) Direct impact 80 in-lbs. Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) 4405 psi Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 400 F Non-continuous 450 F Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 72%+1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1155 sq. ft. Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 2.0 lbs./gal. 242 g/l Reducer 1 pint/gal. 2.6 lbs./gal. 315 g/l Dry film thickness: 8 to 10 mils Wet film thickness: 11 to 13 mils Theoretical coverage: 144 sq. 8 mils DFT GripLine 6110 is applied directly to steel as recommended. GripLine 6110 is normally topcoated with itself and does not require additional topcoats. GripLine 6110 is available in brick red, unmatched medium gray and unmatched white. Normally the red is used as the primer to provide color contrast with the steel surface and gray or white as the topcoat. Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal. Part A 0.8 gal. 4 gal. Part B 0.2 gal. 1 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 13 lbs. 65 lbs. 1 gal. 5 gal. Reducer 3 8 lbs. 40 lbs.. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Part A 21 F Part B 40 F Reducer 3 81 F Shelf Life: 2 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40 F to 110 F. GripLine 6110 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric and immersion exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes Acidic Excellent Excellent Excellent Alkaline Excellent Excellent Excellent Solvents Good Excellent Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent Excellent COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS 120 Page 1 of 2

121 121 GripLine 6110 Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Steel: Immersion Service: Abrasive blast to a White Metal cleanliness according to SSPC-SP 5 to achieve mil anchor profile. Non-immersion Service: Abrasive blast to Near White Metal cleanliness according to SSPC-SP10 to achieve mil anchor profile. Stainless Steel: Brush blast per SSPC-SP16. Power mix the Part A component, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 1 Gal. Kit 5 Gal. Kit GripLine 6110 Part A.8 gallon 4 gallon GripLine 6100 Part B.2 gallon 1 gallon Thinning is not required for most applications; however, GripLine 6110 may be thinned up to 1 pint/gal. with Reducer 3. Two hours at 75 and less at higher temperatures. Pot-life ends by the loss of film build. Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50 F 50 F 50 Maximum 90 F 110 F 110 F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation. Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 I.D. minimum material hose and a.070 I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio or greater and a.035 tip is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core. The following minimum times are based on a 5 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Final Temperature To Touch To Recoat Cure 60 F 6 hrs. 48 hrs. 14 days 70 F 3 hrs. 24 hrs. 7 day 80 F 2 hrs. 12 hrs. 4 days 90 F 1 hr. 6 hrs. 2 days Surface Temperature Days 50 F F F 7 If the maximum recoat time is exceeded, the coating should be sweep blasted with fine aggregate to roughen the surface. Cleanup with Reducer 3. Rev. 9/20/16 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of 2 phone ; fax St. Louis, MO

122 GripLine 6130 Epoxy Tank Lining Excellent water resistance Semi-gloss finish VOC compliant High solids formulation Excellent build on edges Rapid and extended recoat windows Single coat capability Excellent wetting and adhesion properties Good chemical resistance Easy spray application GripLine 6130 is used as a general service tank lining. It is used to line nonpotable water tanks, ballasts, dry bulk-storage tanks and general service tanks in refineries, power plants, chemical plants, barges, pulp & paper mills and other areas as recommended. Exceed requirements of SSPC Paint 22 performance requirements. Salt Spray (ASTM B 117) 1000 hours Plane blistering or rusting: none Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060) 1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss CS 17 wheel 22 mg Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794) Direct impact 80 in-lbs. Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) 4031 psi Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250 F Non-continuous 300 F Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 80%+1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1283 sq. ft. Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 1.44 lbs./gal. 174 g/l Reducer 1 pint/gal lbs./gal. 247 g/l Dry film thickness: 4 to 6 mils Wet film thickness: 5 to 9 mils Theoretical coverage: 257 sq. 5 mils DFT Note: One coat is normally required; however, certain colors may require additional coats for hiding. GripLine 6130 can be applied directly to steel or concrete as recommended. GripLine 6130 is not intended for exterior use and will chalk if exposed to UV. GripLine 6130 may be topcoated with itself or other epoxies as recommended. GripLine 6130 is available in white, gray and tile red. Custom colors are available upon request. Packaging unit 2 gal. 10 gal. Part A 1 gal. 5 gal. Part B 1 gal. 5 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 28 lbs. 140 lbs. 1 gal. 5 gal. Reducer 3 9 lbs. 45 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Part A 94 F Part B 108 F Reducer 3 78 F Shelf Life: 2 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40 F to 110 F. GripLine 6130 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes Acidic Not recommended Good Good Alkaline Not recommended Excellent Excellent Solvents Not recommended Good Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent Excellent COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS 122 Page 1 of 2

123 123 GripLine 6130 Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Steel Immersion Service: Abrasive blast to a White Metal cleanliness according to SSPC-SP5 to achieve a mil anchor profile. Steel Non-Immersion Service: Abrasive blast to a Near White Metal cleanliness according to SSPC-SP10 to achieve a mil anchor profile. Concrete: Minimum cure is 28 days at 75 F and 50 % RH or the equivalent. Abrasive blast to remove laitance and form oils and to produce a surface roughness similar to medium sandpaper. Surfacing may be required to fill holes in order to produce a sealed surface. Power mix each component, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 2 Gal. Kit 10 Gal. Kit GripLine 6130 Part A 1 gallon 5 gallon GripLine 6130 Part B 1 gallon 5 gallon Thinning is not required for most applications; however GripLine 6130 may be thinned up to 1 pint/gal. with Reducer 3. Three hours at 75 and less at higher temperatures. Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50 F 50 F 50 Maximum 90 F 110 F 110 F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation. Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 I.D. minimum material hose and a.070 I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a.017 to.021 tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core. The following minimum times are based on a 5 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Final Temperature To Touch To Handle Cure* 50 F 12 hrs. 32 hrs. 14 days 60 F 6 hrs. 16 hrs. 10 days 70 F 3 hrs. 8 hrs. 7 days 80 F 2 hrs. 5 hrs. 3 days 90 F 1 hr. 3 hrs. 36 hrs. *Final Cure for Immersion Service. GripLine 6130 is formulated with an unlimited recoat window. However, since epoxies tend to blush, it is imperative that the blush and any surface contamination be removed prior to recoating. High pressure water washing is an acceptable method of removing blush and surface contamination. Cleanup with Reducer 3. Along with a final visual inspection, holiday test the GripLine 6130 film using a low-voltage holiday tester. Any holidays or voids in the film must be repaired prior to putting the tank lining in service. Rev. 9/20/16 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of 2 phone ; fax St. Louis, MO

124 GripLine 6200 Epoxy Tank Lining Excellent chemical resistance 100% solids Semi-gloss finish Zero VOC Excellent build on edges Ambient temperature cure Blush resistant during cure Easy to apply GripLine 6200 is used as a tank lining or maintenance coating for highly corrosive environments. Used to line steel and concrete tanks and coat structural steel for offshore platforms, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills, and other areas as recommended. Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 200 F Non-continuous 250 F Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 100% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 1604 sq. ft. 0 lbs./gal. 0 g/l GripLine 6200 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric and immersion exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection. For specific immersion recommendation, contact U.S. Coatings Technical Service department. Splash & Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes Acidic Very Good Excellent Excellent Alkaline Excellent Excellent Excellent Solvents Good Excellent Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent Excellent Crude Oil Excellent Excellent Excellent Dry film thickness: 20 to 80 mils Wet film thickness: 20 to 80 mils Theoretical coverage: 80 sq. 20 mils DFT Note: The film thickness will vary with the intended service. GripLine 6200 is applied directly to steel as recommended. Use EpoxyGrip 2078 Primer when applying to concrete. GripLine 6200 is normally not topcoated. GripLine 6200 is available in brick red and medium gray. Normally the red is used to provide color contrast with a blasted steel surface. Packaging unit 3 gal. 15 gal. Part A 2 gal. 10 gal. Part B 1 gal. 5 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) GripLine gal. 15 gal. 40 lbs. 200 lbs. Reducer #5 1 gal. 5 gal. 8 lbs. 40 lbs.. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Part A above 200 F Part B above 200 F Reducer 5-4 F Shelf Life: 2 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40 F to 110 F. COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS 124 Page 1 of 2

125 125 GripLine 6200 Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Test for chlorides. Steel: Immersion Service: Abrasive blast to a White Metal cleanliness according to SSPC-SP 5 to achieve mil anchor profile. Concrete: High Pressure Water Blast or Abrasive Blast to remove any surface laitance, loose concrete, curing agents or any contaminants that could affect adhesion. Non-immersion Service: Abrasive blast to Near White Metal cleanliness according to SSPC-SP10 to achieve mil anchor profile. Power mix the Part A component, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 3 Gal. Kit 15 Gal. Kit GripLine 6200 Part A 2 gallon 10 gallon GripLine 6200 Part B 1 gallon 5 gallon Do not thin for applications using airless spray. GripLine 6200 may be thinned up to 1 pint/gal. with Reducer 5 for conventional spray. Thirty minutes at 75 F and less at higher temperatures. Pot-life ends by the loss of film build. Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50 F 50 F 50 F Maximum 90 F 110 F 110 F GripLine 6200 should be sprayed at a tip temperature of 110 o F to 120 o F to achieve proper atomization. Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation. Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 I.D. minimum material hose and a.070 I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco s Premier 45:1 ratio or Xtreme Sprayer is recommended with a.421 to a.641 tip size and a hopper feed. Remove any in-line filters. Plural Component: During hot conditions in the field, plural component equipment, such as Graco s Xtreme Mix, is strongly recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core. The following minimum times are based on a 20 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Final Temperature To Touch To Recoat Cure 60 F 24 hrs. 48 hrs. 96 hrs. 70 F 12 hrs. 24 hrs. 60 hrs. 80 F 6 hrs. 12 hrs. 36 hrs. 90 F 3 hr. 6 hrs. 24 hrs. Surface Temperature Time 50 F 5 days 75 F 48 hours 90 F 24 hours If the maximum recoat time is exceeded, the coating should be sweep blasted with fine aggregate to roughen the surface. Cleanup with Reducer 3 or MEK. Much of the information listed on this data sheet is for general guideline purposes. For specific projects, refer to the specification for detailed instructions. If a specification is not available, contact your U.S. Coatings representative. Rev. 9/20/16 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS. OSHA CLASS IIIA LIQUIDS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of 2 phone ; fax St. Louis, MO

126 GripLine 6210 Flake-Filled Epoxy Tank Lining Excellent chemical resistance 100% solids Semi-gloss finish Zero VOC Excellent build on edges Ambient temperature cure Blush resistant during cure Low permeation GripLine 6210 is used as a tank lining or maintenance coating for highly corrosive environments. Used to line steel and concrete tanks and coat structural steel for offshore platforms, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills and waste water treatment plants. Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 200 F Non-continuous 250 F Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 100% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 1604 sq. ft. 0 lbs./gal. 0 g/l GripLine 6210 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric and immersion exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection. For specific immersion recommendation, contact U.S. Coatings Technical Service department. Splash & Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes Acidic Very Good Excellent Excellent Alkaline Excellent Excellent Excellent Solvents Good Excellent Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent Excellent Crude Oil Excellent Excellent Excellent Dry film thickness: 20 to 80 mils Wet film thickness: 20 to 80 mils Theoretical coverage: 80 sq. 20 mils DFT Note: The film thickness will vary with the intended service. GripLine 6210 is applied directly to steel as recommended. Use EpoxyGrip 2078 Primer when applying to concrete. GripLine 6210 is normally not topcoated. GripLine 6210 is available in brick red and medium gray. Normally the red is used to provide color contrast with a blasted steel surface. Packaging unit 3 gal. 15 gal. Part A 2 gal. 10 gal. Part B 1 gal. 5 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) GripLine gal. 15 gal. 40 lbs. 200 lbs. Reducer #5 1 gal. 5 gal. 8 lbs. 40 lbs.. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Part A above 200 F Part B above 200 F Reducer 5-4 F Shelf Life: 2 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40 F to 110 F. COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS 126 Page 1 of 2

127 127 GripLine 6210 Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Test for chlorides. Steel: Immersion Service: Abrasive blast to a White Metal cleanliness according to SSPC-SP 5 to achieve mil anchor profile. Concrete: High Pressure Water Blast or Abrasive Blast to remove any surface laitance, loose concrete, curing agents or any contaminants that could affect adhesion. Non-immersion Service: Abrasive blast to Near White Metal cleanliness according to SSPC-SP10 to achieve mil anchor profile. Power mix the Part A component, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 3 Gal. Kit 15 Gal. Kit GripLine 6200 Part A 2 gallon 10 gallon GripLine 6210 Part B 1 gallon 5 gallon Do not thin for applications using airless spray. GripLine 6200 may be thinned up to 1 pint/gal. with Reducer 5 for conventional spray. Thirty minutes at 75 F and less at higher temperatures. Pot-life ends by the loss of film build. Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50 F 50 F 50 F Maximum 90 F 110 F 110 F GripLine 6210 should be sprayed at a tip temperature of 110 o F to 120 o F to achieve proper atomization. Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation. Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 I.D. minimum material hose and a.070 I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco s Premier 45:1 ratio or Xtreme Sprayer is recommended with a.421 to a.641 tip size and a hopper feed. Remove any in-line filters. Plural Component: During hot conditions in the field, plural component equipment, such as Graco s Xtreme Mix, is strongly recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core. The following minimum times are based on a 20 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Final Temperature To Touch To Recoat Cure 60 F 24 hrs. 48 hrs. 14 days 70 F 12 hrs. 24 hrs. 7 day 80 F 6 hrs. 12 hrs. 4 days 90 F 3 hr. 6 hrs. 2 days Surface Temperature Time 50 F 5 days 75 F 48 hours 90 F 24 hours If the maximum recoat time is exceeded, the coating should be sweep blasted with fine aggregate to roughen the surface. Cleanup with Reducer 3 or MEK. Much of the information listed on this data sheet is for general guideline purposes. For specific projects, refer to the specification for detailed instructions. If a specification is not available, contact your U.S. Coatings representative. Rev. 9/20/16 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS. OSHA CLASS IIIA LIQUIDS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of 2 phone ; fax St. Louis, MO

128 Uses Durakane 470 resin Lining for steel and concrete structures FDA Compliant Excellent chemical resistance VOC compliant High solids formulation Ambient temperature cure GripLine 6300 is used as a tank lining for steel and concrete for a wide variety of food processing, chemical processing, chemical storage and wastewater applications. GripLine 6300 is well suited for lining of Stock Chests, Bleach Towers and FGD tanks or maintenance coating for highly corrosive environments. Used to line steel tanks and coat structural steel for offshore platforms, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills, and other areas as recommended. Also used to line concrete tanks and pits for secondary containment. Typical Properties Barcol Hardness ASTM D Tensil Strength ASTM D638 10,000 psi Tensile Elongation ASTM D-638 3% Flexural Strength ASTM D ,000 psi HDT ASTM D F Water Vapor Transmission ASTM E-96 Permeability (perm-inch) Solvent Extraction Test 21 CFR Passes for FDA applications Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250 F Non-continuous 300 F Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 83%+1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 1331 sq. ft. 1.7 lbs./gal. Dry film thickness: 20 to 30 mils per coat, two coats recommended Wet film thickness: 25 mils maximum on vertical surfaces Total dry film thickness: 40 to 60 mils Theoretical coverage: 66 sq. 20 mils DFT Primer/Substrates Concrete: GripLine 6300 Primer is recommended for concrete applications. Steel: GripLine 6300 Primer as needed. GripLine 6300 is normally topcoated with itself and does not require additional topcoats. GripLine 6300 is available in medium gray. Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal. Base 1 gal. 5 gal. Converter 3 fl. oz. 15 fl. oz. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 12 lbs. 60 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Base 88 F Converter 174 F Shelf Life: 3 Months for both the base and the converter when stored inside at 45 F to 75 F. GripLine 6300 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric and immersion exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes Acidic Excellent Excellent Excellent Alkaline Good Excellent Excellent Solvents Good Excellent Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent Excellent 128 Page 1 of 2

129 129 Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Steel: Welds and weld splatter must be ground smooth. Grind all sharp projections and round all corners to a 1/8 radius. Abrasive blast to a White Metal cleanliness according to SSPC-SP 5 to achieve 2 4 mil sharp (angular) anchor profile. Concrete: The surface must be clean and dry. Test the surface with a moisture meter or the clear plastic patch method. Abrasive blast the concrete to remove any laitance and to open all voids in the concrete. The final surface texture should be similar to medium grit sandpaper. Power mix the Base component, then blend Converter into the Base and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 1 Gal. Kit 5 Gal. Kit GripLine 6300 Base 1 gallon 5 gallons GripLine 6300 Converter 3 fl. oz. 15 fl. oz. Normally not recommended 45 to 60 minutes at 50 F and 35 to 45 minutes at 75 F. Less at higher temperatures. Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50 F 50 F 50 F Maximum 75 F 90 F 110 F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation. Plural Component Spray: Air assist Binks 37:1 ratio B8-DSQ cart mounted Super Slave spray unit with air controls, 7-1/2 S.S. hopper with cover and quick disconnect, SQ W.W. line filter, 50 resin, catalyst and air hose assembly, swivel, Century Gun with T.C. Seat, needle and tip. Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 I.D. minimum material hose and a.070 I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and.035 tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush and Roller: Use only high quality natural bristle brushes and solvent resistant rollers. The following minimum times are based on a 25 mils DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Recoat Recoat Service Temperature Minimum Maximum Cure 50 F 12 hrs. 2 days 72 hrs. 75 F 5 hrs. 1 day 48 hrs. Note: If the maximum recoat time is exceeded, the coating should be mechanically abraded prior to application of additional lining material. Cleanup with Reducer 3 Rev. 7/1/14 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of 2

130 Durakane resin Sprayable For concrete and steel Excellent wetting characteristics VOC compliant Separate paraffin additive Fast cure formula GripLine 6300 Primer is used as a penetrating primer for concrete to increase the adhesion to the GripLine 6300 system to concrete and to reduce the blow back from out gassing. Also used on blasted steel when a primer is required. Barcol Hardness ASTM D Tensile Strength ASTM D638 11,000 psi Tensile elongation ASTM D-638 8% Flexural strength ASTM D ,000 psi X 10 5 HDT ASTM D O F Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 180 O F Non-continuous 200 O F Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 83% +/- 1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1,331 sq. ft. Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 1.7 lbs./gal. GripLine 6300 Primer when topcoated with GripLine 6300 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric and immersion exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes Acidic Excellent Excellent Excellent Alkaline Good Excellent Excellent Solvents Good Excellent Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent Excellent Dry film thickness: 5 to 10 mils per coat Wet film thickness: 6 to 12 mils maximum on vertical surfaces Theoretical coverage: 266 sq. 5 mils DFT; 133 sq. 10 mils Primer/Substrates Concrete: GripLine 6300 is the recommended primer for the GripLine 6300 systems. Steel: As Needed. GripLine 6300 Primer is normally topcoated with GripLine GripLine 6300 Primer is clear. Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal. Base 1 gal. 5 gal. Converter 3 fl. oz. 15 fl. oz. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 12 lbs. 60 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Base Converter 88 O F 174 O F Shelf Life: 3 months for both the base and the converter when stored inside at 45 O F to 75 O F. 130 Page 1 of 2

131 131 Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Concrete: The surface must be clean and dry. Test the surface with a moisture meter or the clear plastic patch method. Abrasive blast the substrate to remove any laitance and to open all voids in the concrete. The final surface texture should be similar to medium grit sandpaper. Steel: Near White metal blast per SSPC-SP10. Power mix the Base component, then blend Converter into the Base and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 1 Gal. Kit 5 Gal. Kit GripLine 6300 Primer Base 1 gallon 5 gallons GripLine 6300 Converter 3 fl. oz. 15 fl. oz. Not recommended. 45 to 60 minutes at 50 O F and 25 to 30 minutes at 75 O F, less at higher temperatures. Apply one coat of GripLine 6300 Primer at 5 to 10 mils, followed by the GripLine 6300 system. Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50 O F 50 O F 50 O F Maximum 75 O F 110 O F 100 O F Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation. Plural Component Spray: Air assist Binks 37:1 ratio B8-DSQ cart mounted Super Slave spray unit with air controls, 7-1/2 S.S. hopper with cover and quick disconnect, SQ W.W. line filter, 50 resin, catalyst and air hose assembly, swivel, Century Gun with T.C. Seat, needle and tip. Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA ad Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 I.D. minimum material hose and a 0.70 I.D. fluid tip and air car are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and.035 tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush and Roll: Use only high quality natural bristle brush and solvent resistant rollers. The following minimum times are based on 5 mils DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Recoat Recoat Service Temperature Minimum Maximum Cure 50 O F 12 hrs. 2 days 72 hrs. 75 O F 5 hrs. 1 day 48 hrs. Cleanup with Reducer 3. Rev. 7/1/14 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of 2

132 Durakane 470 resin Sprayable For steel and concrete Excellent chemical and acid resistance VOC compliant Separate paraffin additive Fast cure formula GripLine 6300-G can be used as a thick-film, reinforced system per API-652 to line steel tanks. Also, it can be used as a gel coat (or wax coat) as a curing mechanism for vinyl esters. GripLine 6300-G is well suited for lining of Crude Oil Storage Tanks, Bleach Towers, Scrubbers and FGD tanks. Used to line steel tanks and to coat structural steel for off-shore platforms, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp and paper mills and other areas as recommended. Barcol Hardness ASTM D Tensile Strength ASTM D638 10,000 psi Tensile elongation ASTM D-638 3% Flexural strength ASTM D ,000 psi 5 Water Vapor Transmission ASTM E-96 Permeability (perm-inch) HDT ASTM D O F Solvent extraction Test 21 CFR Passes for FDA Applications Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250 o F Non-continuous 300 o F Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 83% +/- 1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1,331 sq. ft. Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 1.7 lbs./gal. Dry film thickness: 30 to 40 mils per coat, two coats recommended Wet film thickness: 25 mils maximum on vertical surfaces Total dry film thickness: 60 to 80 mils Theoretical coverage: 44 sq. 30 mils DFT Primer/Substrates Concrete: Varies with concrete. Contact U.S. Coatings for specific technical recommendation. Steel: None required. GripLine 6300-G is normally topcoated with itself and does not require additional topcoats. In most instances, the addition of a paraffin additive in the final coat is necessary for complete curing. Gray only. Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal. Base 1 gal. 5 gal. Converter 3 fl. oz. 15 fl. oz. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 12 lbs. 60 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Base Converter 88 o F 174 o F Shelf Life: 3 months for both the base and the converter when stored inside at 45 o F to 75 o F. GripLine 6300 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric and immersion exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes Acidic Excellent Excellent Excellent Alkaline Good Excellent Excellent Solvents Good Excellent Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent Excellent 132 Page 1 of 2

133 133 Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Steel: Welds and weld splatter must be ground smooth. Grind al sharp projections and round all corners to a 1/8 radius. Abrasive blast to a White Metal cleanliness according to SSC-SP5 to achieve a 3 5 mil sharp (angular) anchor profile. Concrete: The surface must be clean and dry. Test the surface with a moisture meter or the clear plastic patch method. Abrasive blast the substrate to remove any laitance and to open all voids in the concrete. The final surface texture should be similar to medium grit sandpaper. Power mix the Base component, then blend Converter into the Base and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 1 Gal. Kit 5 Gal. Kit GripLine 6300-G Base 1 gallon 5 gallons GripLine 6300-G Converter 3 fl. oz. 15 fl. oz. Not recommended. 45 to 60 minutes at 50 O F and 25 to 30 minutes at 75 O F; less at higher temperatures. For standard FRP lining application, apply one coat of GripLine 6300-G at 30 to 40 mils, followed immediately with a 1.5 oz. chopped strand mat. Use a wet roller to rollout the mat, removing all entrapped air and to thoroughly saturate the mat. Follow this with a wet-on-wet application of an additional 30 to 40 mils of GripLine 6300-G. Within 24 hours, sand or shave any fiberglass strands protruding from the system. Apply one or two gel topcoats of GripLine 6300-G, at 10 to 15 mils per coat, with the paraffin additive in the final coat. Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50 o F 50 o F 50 o F Maximum 75 o F 110 o F 100 o F Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation. Plural Component Spray: Air assist Binks 37:1 ratio B8-DSQ cart mounted Super Slave spray unit with air controls, 7-1/2 S.S. hopper with cover and quick disconnect, SQ W.W. line filter, 50 resin, catalyst and air hose assembly, swivel, Century Gun with T.C. Seat, needle and tip. Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA ad Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 I.D. minimum material hose and a 0.70 I.D. fluid tip and air car are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and.035 tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. The following minimum times are based on 30 mils DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Recoat Recoat Service Temperature Minimum Maximum Cure 50 o F 12 hrs. 2 days 72 hrs. 75 o F 5 hrs. 1 day 48 hrs. Cleanup with Reducer 3. Rev. 7/1/14 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of 2

134 Uses Derakane 470 resin Lining for steel and concrete structures FDA compliant Excellent chemical resistance VOC compliant High solids formulation Ambient temperature cure Low permeability GripLine 6300-S can be used as a tank lining for steel tanks for a wide variety of food processing, chemical processing, chemical storage and waste water applications. GripLine 6300-S is well suited for lining of Stock Chests, Bleach Towers and FGD tanks or maintenance coating for highly corrosive environments. Use to line steel tanks and coat structural steel for offshore platforms, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills and other areas as recommended. Barcol Hardness ASTM D Tensile Strength ASTM D638 10,000 psi Tensile elongation ASTM D-638 3% Bond strength (steel) ASTM D-4541 Steel: 1,400 1,700 psi Flexural strength ASTM D ,,000 psi Water Vapor Transmission ASTM E-96 Permeability (perm-inch) HDT ASTM D O F Solvent extraction Test 21 CFR Passes for FDA Applications Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250 O F Non-continuous 300 O F Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 83% +/- 1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1,331 sq. ft. Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 1.7 lbs./gal. Dry film thickness: 20 to 30 mils per coat, two coats recommended Wet film thickness: 25 mils maximum on vertical surfaces Total dry film thickness: 40 to 60 mils Theoretical coverage: 66 sq. 20 mils DFT Primer/Substrates Concrete: Grip-Line 6300 Primer. Contact U.S. Coatings for specific technical recommendation. Steel: None required. GripLine 6300-S is normally topcoated with itself and does not require additional topcoats. GripLine 6300-S is available in medium gray or off-white. Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal. Base 1 gal. 5 gal. Converter 3 fl. oz. 15 fl. oz. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 12 lbs. 60 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Base Converter 88 O F 174 O F Shelf Life: 3 months for both the base and the converter when stored inside at 45 O F to 75 O F. GripLine 6300-S is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric and immersion exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes Acidic Excellent Excellent Excellent Alkaline Good Excellent Excellent Solvents Good Excellent Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent Excellent 134 Page 1 of 2

135 135 Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Steel: Welds and weld splatter must be ground smooth. Grind al sharp projections and round all corners to a 1/8 radius. Abrasive blast to a White Metal cleanliness according to SSC-SP5 to achieve a 2 4 mil sharp (angular) anchor profile. Concrete: New concrete must cure a minimum of 28 days. Concrete surface must be dry. Test with moisture meter or plastic patch. Abrasive blast to remove any laitence or loose concrete, and to achieve a roughened texture similar to medium grit sandpaper. Power mix the Base component, then blend Converter into the Base and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 1 Gal. Kit 5 Gal. Kit GripLine 6300-S Base 1 gallon 5 gallons GripLine 6300 Converter 3 fl. oz. 15 fl. oz. Normally not recommended. 45 to 60 minutes at 50 O F and 25 to 30 minutes at 75 O F; less at higher temperatures. Plural Component Spray: Air assist Binks 37:1 ratio B8-DSQ cart mounted Super Slave spray unit with air controls, 7-1/2 S.S. hopper with cover and quick disconnect, SQ W.W. line filter, 50 resin, catalyst and air hose assembly, swivel, Century Gun with T.C. Seat, needle and tip. Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA ad Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 I.D. minimum material hose and a 0.70 I.D. fluid tip and air car are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco s Premier 45:1 and.035 tip is recommended. Do not use in-line filters. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. The following minimum times are based on 25 mils DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Recoat Recoat Service Temperature Minimum Maximum Cure 50 O F 12 hrs. 2 days 72 hrs. 75 O F 5 hrs. 1 day 48 hrs. Note: If the maximum recoat time is exceeded, the coating should be mechanically abraded prior to application of additional lining material. Cleanup with Reducer 3. Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50 O F 50 O F 50 O F Maximum 75 O F 110 O F 100 O F Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation. Rev. 7/1/14 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of 2

136 Uses Durakane 470 resin Lining for steel and concrete structures FDA compliant Excellent chemical resistance VOC compliant High solids formulation Ambient temperature cure Very low permeability GripLine 6300-T can be used as a tank lining for steel tanks for a wide variety of food processing, chemical processing, chemical storage and waste water applications. GripLine 6300-T is well suited for lining of Stock Chests, Bleach Towers and FGD tanks or maintenance coating for highly corrosive environments. Use to line steel tanks and coat structural steel for offshore platforms, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills and other areas as recommended. Barcol Hardness ASTM D Tensile Strength ASTM D638 10,000 psi Tensile elongation ASTM D-638 3% Bond strength (steel) ASTM D-4541 Steel: 1,400 1,700 psi Flexural strength ASTM D ,000 psi Water Vapor Transmission ASTM E-96 Permeability (perm-inch) HDT ASTM D O F Solvent extraction Test 21 CFR Passes for FDA Applications Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250 O F Non-continuous 300 O F Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 83% +/- 1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1,331 sq. ft. Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 1.7 lbs./gal. Dry film thickness: 30 to 50 mils per coat, two coats recommended Wet film thickness: 60 mils maximum on vertical surfaces Total dry film thickness: 60 to 100 mils Theoretical coverage: 33 sq. 40 mils DFT Primer/Substrates Concrete: Varies with concrete. Contact U.S. Coatings for specific technical recommendation. Steel: None required. GripLine 6300-T is normally topcoated with itself and does not require additional topcoats. GripLine 6300-T is available in medium gray and off-white. Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal. Base 1 gal. 5 gal. Converter 3 fl. oz. 15 fl. oz. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 12 lbs. 60 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Base Converter 88 O F 174 O F Shelf Life: 3 months for both the base and the converter when stored inside at 45 O F to 75 O F. GripLine 6300-T is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric and immersion exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes Acidic Excellent Excellent Excellent Alkaline Good Excellent Excellent Solvents Good Excellent Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent Excellent 136 Page 1 of 2

137 137 Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Steel: Welds and weld splatter must be ground smooth. Grind al sharp projections and round all corners to a 1/8 radius. Abrasive blast to a White Metal cleanliness according to SSC-SP5 to achieve a 3 5 mil sharp (angular) anchor profile. Concrete: New concrete must cure a minimum of 28 days. Concrete surface must be dry. Test with moisture meter or plastic patch. Abrasive blast to remove any laitance or loose concrete, and to achieve a roughened texture similar to medium grit sandpaper. Power mix the Base component, then blend Converter into the Base and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 1 Gal. Kit 5 Gal. Kit GripLine 6300-T Base 1 gallon 5 gallons GripLine 6300 Converter 3 fl. oz. 15 fl. oz. Not recommended. Use a masonry trowel or float to apply the material. Use styrene to dampen the trowel and to smooth the surface. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. The following minimum times are based on 25 mils DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Recoat Recoat Service Temperature Minimum Maximum Cure 50 O F 12 hrs. 2 days 72 hrs. 75 O F 5 hrs. 1 day 48 hrs. Note: If the maximum recoat time is exceeded, the coating should be mechanically abraded prior to application of additional lining material. Cleanup with Reducer to 60 minutes at 50 O F and 25 to 30 minutes at 75 O F; less at higher temperatures. Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50 O F 50 O F 50 O F Maximum 75 O F 110 O F 100 O F Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation. Rev. 7/1/14 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of 2

138 GripLine 6310-S Flake Glass Vinyl Ester Lining Uses Derakane 470 resin FGD lining performance High temperature resistance Sprayable Excellent chemical resistance VOC compliant High solids formulation Ambient temperature cure Direct to metal application GripLine 6310 is specially formulated to withstand high temperatures, wet gas and chemical exposures found in wet FGD systems. This unique formulation is suitable for service up to 280 F in wet FGD service and will withstand dry service temperatures up to 380 F. GripLine 6310 is well suited for use in high temperature service, oxidizing acid service such as nitric or chromic, in acid bleach environments such as chlorine dioxide and acid/solvent solutions. GripLine 6310 is well suited for lining of Stock Chests, Bleach Towers and FGD tanks or maintenance coating for highly corrosive environments. Used to line steel surfaces for offshore platforms, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills, and other areas as recommended. Barcol Hardness ASTM D Tensile Strength ASTM D ,000 psi Tensile Elongation ASTM D-638 3% Flexural Strength ASTM D ,000 psi Water Vapor Transmission Permeability (perm-inch) ASTM E Bond Strength to Steel Bond Strength to Concrete 1,400psi 1,700psi Concrete cohesive failure Temperature resistance Wet 280 F Dry 380 F Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 82%+1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 1315 sq. ft. 1.8 lbs./gal. 218 g/l GripLine 6310 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric and immersion exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes Acidic Excellent Excellent Excellent Alkaline Good Excellent Excellent Solvents Good Excellent Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent Excellent Dry film thickness: Part A Coat: 25 mils Finish Coat: 25 mils Wet film thickness: Part A Coat: 30 mils Finish Coat: 30 mils Total dry film thickness: 50 mils Theoretical coverage: 26 sq. 50 mils DFT Steel: GripLine 6310 is applied directly to properly prepared steel substrates. Concrete: GripLine 6300 Primer as needed. GripLine 6310 is normally topcoated with itself and does not require additional topcoats. GripLine 6310 is available in off white/gray. Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal. Part A 1 gal. 5 gal. Part B 3 fl. oz. 15 fl. oz. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 12 lbs. 60 lbs.. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Part A 80 F Part B 174 F Shelf Life: 3 months for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 50 F to 75 F. COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS 138 Page 1 of 2

139 139 GripLine 6310 S Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Steel: Welds and weld splatter must be ground smooth. Grind all sharp projections and round all corners to a 1/8 radius. Abrasive blast to a White Metal cleanliness according to SSPC-SP 5 to achieve 2 4 mil sharp (angular) anchor profile. Concrete: The surface must be clean and dry. Test the surface with a moisture meter or the clear plastic patch method. Abrasive blast the concrete to remove any laitance, and to open all voids in the concrete. The final surface texture should be similar to medium grit sandpaper. Power mix the Part A component, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 1 Gal. Kit 5 Gal. Kit GripLine 6310 Part A 1 gallon 5 gallons GripLine 6300 Part B 3 fl.oz. 15 fl. oz. Normally not recommended 45 to 60 minutes at 75 F. Less at higher temperatures. Material Surface Ambient Minimum 70 F 50 F 50 F Maximum 80 F 90 F 110 F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation. Plural Component Spray: Air assist Binks 37:1 ratio B8-DSQ cart mounted Super Slave spray unit with air controls, 7-1/2 S.S. hopper with cover and quick disconnect, SQ W.W. line filter, 50 resin, catalyst and air hose assembly, swivel, Century Gun with T.C. Seat, needle and tip. Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 I.D. minimum material hose and a.070 fluid nozzle is recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a reversible self cleaning tip with a.05 orifice or larger, tungsten carbide nozzle. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. The following minimum times are based on a 25 mils DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Recoat Recoat Service Temperature Minimum Maximum Cure 50 F 12 hrs. 2 days 72 hrs. 75 F 5 hrs. 1 day 48 hrs. Note: If the maximum recoat time is exceeded or exposed to sunlight for over 4 hours, the coating should be mechanically abraded prior to application of additional lining material. Cleanup with Reducer 3. Rev. 9/20/16 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of 2 phone ; fax St. Louis, MO

140 Uses Durakane 470 resin FGD lining performance High temperature resistance Trowelable Excellent chemical resistance VOC compliant High solids formulation Ambient temperature cure Direct to metal application Very low permeability GripLine 6310-T is formulated to withstand high temperatures, wet gas and chemical exposures found in wet FGD systems. This unique formulation is suitable for service up to 280 o F in wet FGD service and will withstand dry service temperatures up to 400 o F. GripLine 6310-T is well suited for use in high temperature service, oxidizing acid service such as nitric acid or chromic, in acid bleach environments such as chlorine dioxide and acid/solvent solutions. GripLine 6310-T is well suited for lining of Stock Chests, Bleach Towers and FGD tanks or maintenance coating for highly corrosive environments. Use to line steel surfaces for offshore platforms, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills and other areas as recommended. Barco Hardness ASTM D Tensile Strength ASTM D ,000 psi Tensile elongation ASTM D % Bond strength (steel) ASTM D ,600 1,800 psi Bond strength (concrete) Concrete cohesive failure Flexural strength ASTM D ,000 psi Water Vapor Transmission ASTM E-96 Permeability (perm-inch) Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Wet 280 O F Dry 400 O F Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 83% +/- 1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1,331 sq. ft. Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 1.7 lbs./gal. GripLine 6310-T is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric and immersion exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes Acidic Excellent Excellent Excellent Alkaline Good Excellent Excellent Solvents Good Excellent Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent Excellent Dry film thickness: Base Coat: mils Finish Coat: 30 mils Wet film thickness: Base Coat: mils Finish Coat: 40 mils Total dry film thickness: mils Theoretical coverage: 17 sq. 75 mils DFT Primer/Substrates Steel: GripLine 6310-T is applied directly to properly prepared steel substrates Concrete: GripLine 6300 Primer. Contact U.S. Coatings for specific technical recommendation. GripLine 6310-T is normally topcoated with itself and does not require additional topcoats. GripLine 6310-T is available in medium gray and off-white. Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal. Base 1 gallon 5 gallons. Converter 3 fl oz 15 fl oz. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 12 lbs. 60 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Base 80 F Converter 174 F Shelf Life: 3 months for both the base and the converser when stored inside at 50 o F to at 75 O F. 140 Page 1 of 2

141 141 Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Steel: Welds and weld splatter must be ground smooth. Grind al sharp projections and round all corners to a 1/8 radius. Abrasive blast to a White Metal cleanliness according to SSC-SP5 to achieve a 3 5 mil sharp (angular) anchor profile. Concrete: New concrete must cure a minimum of 28 days. Concrete surface must be dry. Test with moisture meter or plastic patch. Abrasive blast to remove any laitance or loose concrete and to achieve a roughened texture similar to medium grit sandpaper. Power mix resin to a smooth, uniform consistency before combining in the following ratio: 1 Gal. Kit 5 Gal. Kit GripLine 6310-T Base 1 gallon 5 gallons GripLine 6300 Converter 3 ounces 15 ounces Not recommended. 45 to 60 minutes at 75 O F; less at higher temperatures. Material Surface Ambient Minimum 70 F 50 F 50 Maximum 80 F 90 F 110 F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation, which may dull the finish. Use a masonry trowel or float to apply the material. Use styrene to dampen the trowel and to smooth the surface. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. The following minimum times are based on 25 mils DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Recoat Recoat Service Temperature Minimum Maximum Cure 50 O F 12 hrs. 2 days 72 hrs. 75 O F 5 hrs. 1 day 48 hrs. Note: If the maximum recoat time is exceeded, the coating should be mechanically abraded prior to application of additional lining material. GripLine 6310 should cure firm to the touch at minimum before touch-up or recoating. If material has not bee exposed to contaminants or cured beyond 72 hours at 75 O F, no inter-coat prep is required. If surface has been exposed to contaminants or has cured beyond 72 hours or has been exposed to direct sunlight for over 4 hours then all contamination must be removed and the surface mechanically abraded before applying additional material. Cleanup with Reducer 3. Rev. 7/1/14 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of 2

142 GripLine % Solids Urethane Tank Lining - NSF Complies with ANSI/NSF Standard 61 Fast cure urethane elastomer Outstanding abrasion resistance Zero VOC solvent free Direct to metal application Single coat application Excellent build on edges Cures down to 25 o F GripLine 6400 is used as a direct to metal tank lining system for steel potable water tanks and/or piping. Impact resistance (ASTM G 14-15mm ball) 160 in-lbs Tear Resistance (ASTM D624) 352 lb/in Elongation (ASTM D412) 52% Tensile Strength (ASTM D412) 2878 psi Hardness (ASTM D2240) Shore D Flexibility (ASTM D1737) Pass 1/8 30 mils Water Vapor Transmission mils gm/100in2 per 24 hrs. Accelerated Weathering (ASTM G 23 QUV 2500 hrs) No cracking, checking or loss of flexibility; slight chalking Pass Cathodic Disbondment (ASTM G8) Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 100% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1604 sq. ft. Volatile Organic Content 0.0 lbs./gal. 0 g/l Ratio 2:1 (A to B) GripLine 6400 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric and immersion exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Immersion Spillage Acidic N/R Excellent Alkaline N/R Good Solvents N/R Fair Salt water Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent Dry film thickness: 25 to 125 mils Wet film thickness: 25 to 125 mils Theoretical coverage: 64 sq. 25 mils DFT GripLine 6400 may be built 25 to 100 mils DFT in one coat through application of multiple passes. GripLine 6400 is applied directly to steel as recommended. GripLine 6400 is normally topcoated with itself and does not require additional topcoats. GripLine 6400 is available in tan only. Packaging unit Part A Part B Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit Flash Point: (Setaflash) Part A 500 F Part B 230 F 150 gal. 100 gal. 50 gal lbs.. Shelf Life: 24 months for Part A and 12 months for Part B when stored inside at 75 F COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS 142 Page 1 of 2

143 143 GripLine 6400 Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Steel and Cast Iron: Immersion and Non-immersion: Abrasive blast to Near White Metal cleanliness according to SSPC-SP10 and obtain mil anchor profile. Power mix Resin (Part A) thoroughly for 30 minutes to a uniform consistence. Note: Part B requires no mixing before use. Extreme care must be taken to use separate mixing devices to prevent cross contamination of materials. 150 Gallon Kit GripLine 6400 Part A 100 gallons GripLine 6400 Part B 50 gallons Do Not Thin! Five to eight minutes at 72 o F. Do not apply material that has exceeded pot life. Optimum Minimum Maximum Material Surface Ambient Humidity 80 o -90 o F o F 40 o -120 o F 30-70% (27 o -32 o C) (4 o -60 o C) (4 o -49 o C) 80 o F 40 o F 25 o F 0% (27 o C) (4 o C) (-4 o C) 90 o F 140 o F 120 o F 95% (32 o C) (60 o C) (49 o C) Industry standards are for substrate temperatures to be 5 o F (3 o C) above the dew point. Caution: This product is moisture sensitive in the liquid stage and until fully cured. Protect from high humidity, dew and direct moisture contact until fully cured. Application and/or curing in humidities above maximum, or exposed to moisture from rain or dew may result in loss of gloss and/or microbubbling of the product. Listed below are general equipment guidelines for the application of this product. Job site conditions may require modifications to these guidelines to achieve the desired results. Plural Component Airless Spray: Graco Hydra-Cat 45:1 fluid-to-air ratio, King air motor with triplex bottom on a 2A:1B, fixed volume ratio. Standard equipment typically includes heated hoses, drum heaters, suction feed from 50 gallon steel drums (feed pumps not required in most cases), recirculation system, automatic high-pressure shut-off system. Other set-ups may be required and many options are available. Applicator training is required and spray equipment must be approved by U.S. Coatings. Touch-Up: Brush apply material from GripLine 6400 Repair Kit. For use on small areas only. Contact your U.S. Coatings representative for additional information. Surface Temp. Cure For & 50% Relative Dry to Receive Maximum Immersion Humidity Light Traffic Recoat Time Service 72 o F (22 o C) 2 Hours 18 Hours 24 Hours* These times are based on recommend dry film thicknesses. If maximum recoat time is exceeded, the surface must be abraded by sweep blast prior to the application of additional coats. *24 hours applies to potable water. For other liquids, consult with U.S. Coatings. Repair and/or touch-up should be made using GripLine Contact U.S. Coatings for material recommendation when plural component spray equipment is not available. MEK or a 1:1 blend of MEK and Toluol o F 0-100% Relative Humidity Store indoors and keep dry. Do not place drums directly on concrete or ground. Store on top of wood slats or pallets. Blanket all partial drums with nitrogen gas to prevent moisture contamination. Avoid freezing. Do not open until ready to use. Rotate Resin (Part A) drums regularly if stored for the long term. Rev. 9/20/16 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS. OSHA CLASS IIIA LIQUIDS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of 2 phone ; fax St. Louis, MO

144 GripLine 6450 NSF Epoxy Tank Lining Features Complies with ANSI/NSF Standard % solids Rapid turnaround T wo component epoxy Zero VOC Direct to metal application Excellent build on edges Ambient temperature cure Typical Uses GripLine 6450 is used as a direct to metal tank lining system for steel potable water tanks and/or piping and also used in concrete wet wells. GripLine 6450 is NSF listed under LiquiTile Physical Data Impact resistance (ASTM G 14-15mm ball) in-lbs (1447 cm/kg) Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) >1000psi Elongation (ASTM D 412) <3% Tensile Strength (ASTM D 412) 4000 psi Accelerated Weathering (ASTM G 23 QUV 2500 hrs) No cracking, checking or loss of flexibility; slight chalking Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 100% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1604 sq. ft. Volatile Organic Content 0.0 lbs./gal. Resistance GripLine 6450 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric and immersion exposures. T he following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Immersion Spillage Acidic N/R Excellent Alkaline N/R Good Solvents N/R Fair Salt water Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent Film Thickness (per coat) Dry film thickness: 15 to 25 mils Wet film thickness: 15 to 25 mils Theoretical coverage: 106 sq. 15 mils DFT GripLine 6450 may be built 15 to 100 mils DFT in one coat through application of multiple passes. Substrates GripLine 6450 is applied directly to steel and concrete as recommended. Topcoats GripLine 6450 is normally topcoated with itself and does not require additional topcoats. Colors GripLine 6450 is available in white and others upon special order. Shipping Data Packaging unit 3 gal. 15 gal. Part A 2 gal 10 gal. Part B 1 gal. 5 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 38 lbs. 190 lbs.. Flash Point: (PMCC) Part A >200 F Part B >200 F Shelf Life: 12 months for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 60 F to 90 F. COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS 144 Page 1 of 2

145 145 GripLine 6450 Surface Preparation Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP 1. Steel for Immersion Service: Abrasive blast to Near White Metal cleanliness in accordance with SSPC-SP 10 and obtain 3 4 mil anchor profile. Mixing Power mix Part B component separately and thoroughly for 5 to 10 minutes, to achieve a uniform consistency. Extreme care must be taken to use separate mixing devices to prevent cross contamination of materials. 3 Gal. Kit 15 Gal. Kit GripLine 6450 Part A 2 gallons 10 gallons GripLine 6450 Part B 1 gallon 5 gallons Thinning T hinning is not normally recommended, however, thinning up to 20% by volume with Reducer #5 can be made for small areas. Pot Life 30 minutes at 75 F. Reducer #5 extends the pot life. Applications Conditions Material* Surface Ambient Minimum 75 F 50 F 50 Maximum 140 F 100 F 100 F Drying Time The following minimum times are based on a 30-50% RH. Excessive film thickness, cooler temperatures or inadequate ventilation will require longer cure times. Surface Final Temperature To Tou ch Cure F 8 hours 14 days F 3 hours 7 days F 2 hours 3 days Recoat Times Surface Temperature Minimum Maximum F 12 hours 72 hours F 4 hours 48 hours F 2 hours 24 hours If the maximum recoat time is exceeded, contact U.S. Coatings for recommended recoat procedure. Repair Repairs and/or touch-up should be made using GripLine Contact U.S. Coatings for material recommendation when plural component spray equipment is not available. Reducer #5 or MEK. Cleanup *Materials must be preheated to F minimum prior to use. Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation. Application Equipment Heated Plural Component Airless Only 2:1 ratio capable of producing a minimum delivery rate of 1 1/4 gallons per minute at a tip pressure of psi. Proportioner heaters and heated hose capable of maintaining material temperatures of F at the spray tip. BSMF heaters capable of maintaining material temperatures of F during application. 2:1 ratio feed pumps minimum. Contact U.S. Coatings for specific information. Rev. 7/13/16 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS. OSHA CLASS IIIA LIQUIDS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANT Y: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of 2 phone ; fax St. Louis, MO

146 GripLine 6500 Novolac Tank Lining Excellent solvent and chemical resistance 100% solids Semi-gloss finish Zero VOC Excellent build on edges Ambient temperature cure Low odor Easy to apply GripLine 6500 is used as a tank lining or maintenance coating for highly corrosive environments. Used to line steel and concrete tanks and coat structural steel for offshore platforms, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills, and other areas as recommended. Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 200 F Non-continuous 250 F Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 100% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 1604 sq. ft. 0 lbs./gal. 0 g/l GripLine 6500 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric and immersion exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection. For specific immersion recommendation, contact U.S. Coatings Technical Service department. Splash & Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes Acidic Excellent Excellent Excellent Alkaline Excellent Excellent Excellent Solvents Excellent Excellent Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent Excellent Crude Oil Excellent Excellent Excellent Sour Crude Excellent Excellent Excellent Gasoline Excellent Excellent Excellent Diesel Fuel Excellent Excellent Excellent Dry film thickness: 20 to 80 mils Wet film thickness: 20 to 80 mils Theoretical coverage: 80 sq. 20 mils DFT Note: The film thickness will vary with the intended service. GripLine 6500 is applied directly to steel as recommended. Use EpoxyGrip 2078 Primer when applying to concrete. GripLine 6500 is normally not topcoated. GripLine 6500 is available in brick red and medium gray. Normally the red is used to provide color contrast with a blasted steel surface. Packaging unit 3 gal. 15 gal. Part A 2 gal. 10 gal. Part B 1 gal. 5 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) GripLine gal. 15 gal. 40 lbs. 200 lbs. Reducer #5 1 gal. 5 gal. 8 lbs. 40 lbs.. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Part A above 200 F Part B above 200 F Reducer 5-4 F Shelf Life: 2 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40 F to 110 F. COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS 146 Page 1 of 2

147 147 GripLine 6500 Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Test for chlorides. Steel: Immersion Service: Abrasive blast to a White Metal cleanliness according to SSPC-SP 5 to achieve mil anchor profile. Concrete: High Pressure Water Blast or Abrasive Blast to remove any surface laitance, loose concrete, curing agents or any contaminants that could affect adhesion. Non-immersion Service: Abrasive blast to Near White Metal cleanliness according to SSPC-SP10 to achieve mil anchor profile. Power mix the Part A component, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 3 Gal. Kit 15 Gal. Kit GripLine 6500 Part A 2 gallon 10 gallon GripLine 6500 Part B 1 gallon 5 gallon Do not thin for applications using airless spray. GripLine 6500 may be thinned up to 1 pint/gal. with Reducer 5 for conventional spray. Thirty minutes at 75 F and less at higher temperatures. Pot-life ends by the loss of film build. Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50 F 50 F 50 F Maximum 90 F 110 F 110 F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation. Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 I.D. minimum material hose and a.070 I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco s Premier 45:1 ratio or Xtreme Sprayer is recommended with a.421 to a.641 tip size and a hopper feed. Remove any in-line filters. Plural Component: During hot conditions in the field, plural component equipment, such as Graco s Xtreme Mix, is strongly recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core. The following minimum times are based on a 20 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Final Temperature To Touch To Recoat Cure 60 F 24 hrs. 48 hrs. 96 hrs. 70 F 12 hrs. 24 hrs. 60 hrs. 80 F 6 hrs. 12 hrs. 36 hrs. 90 F 3 hr. 6 hrs. 24 hrs. Surface Temperature Time 50 F 5 days 75 F 48 hours 90 F 24 hours If the maximum recoat time is exceeded, the coating should be sweep blasted with fine aggregate to roughen the surface. Cleanup with Reducer 3 or MEK. Much of the information listed on this data sheet is for general guideline purposes. For specific projects, refer to the specification for detailed instructions. If a specification is not available, contact your U.S. Coatings representative. Rev. 9/20/16 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS. OSHA CLASS IIIA LIQUIDS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of 2 phone ; fax St. Louis, MO

148 Excellent solvent and chemical resistance 100% solids Semi-gloss finish Zero VOC Excellent build on edges Low permeation Low odor Thermal shock resistant for CUI GripLine 6510 is used as a tank lining or maintenance coating for highly corrosive environments. Used to line steel and concrete tanks and coat structural steel for offshore platforms, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills, and other areas as recommended. Used for CUI applications. Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 400 F Non-continuous 450 F Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 100% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1604 sq. ft. Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 0 lbs./gal. GripLine 6510 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric and immersion exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection. For specific immersion recommendation, contact U.S. Coatings Technical Service department. Splash & Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes Acidic Excellent Excellent Excellent Alkaline Excellent Excellent Excellent Solvents Excellent Excellent Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent Excellent Crude Oil Excellent Excellent Excellent Sour Crude Excellent Excellent Excellent Gasoline Excellent Excellent Excellent Diesel Fuel Excellent Excellent Excellent Sour Water Excellent Excellent Excellent Propane Excellent Excellent Excellent Jet Fuel Excellent Excellent Excellent Dry film thickness: 20 to 80 mils Wet film thickness: 20 to 80 mils Theoretical coverage: 80 sq. 20 mils DFT Note: The film thickness will vary with the intended service. GripLine 6510 is applied directly to steel as recommended. Use EpoxyGrip 2078 Primer when applying to concrete. GripLine 6510 is normally not topcoated. GripLine 6510 is available in brick red and medium gray. Normally the red is used to provide color contrast with a blasted steel surface. Packaging unit 3 gal. 15 gal. Base 2 gal. 10 gal. Converter 1 gal. 5 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) GripLine gal. 15 gal. 50 lbs. 250 lbs. Reducer 5 1 gal. 5 gal. 8 lbs. 40 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Base above 200 F Converter above 200 F Reducer 5-4 F Shelf Life: 3 years for both the base and the converter when stored inside at 40 F to 110 F. 148 Page 1 of 2

149 149 Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Test for chlorides. Steel: Immersion Service: Abrasive blast to a White Metal cleanliness according to SSPC-SP 5 to achieve mil anchor profile. Concrete: High Pressure Water Blast or Abrasive Blast to remove any surface laitance, loose concrete, curing agents or any contaminants that could affect adhesion. Non-immersion Service: Abrasive blast to Near White Metal cleanliness according to SSPC-SP10 to achieve mil anchor profile. Power mix the Base component, then blend Converter into the Base and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 3 Gal. Kit 15 Gal. Kit GripLine 6500 Base 2 gallon 10 gallon GripLine 6510 Converter 1 gallon 5 gallon Do not thin for applications using airless spray. GripLine 6510 may be thinned up to 1 pint/gal. with Reducer 5 for conventional spray. Thirty minutes at 75 F and less at higher temperatures. Pot-life ends by the loss of film build. Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50 F 50 F 50 F Maximum 90 F 110 F 110 F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation. Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 I.D. minimum material hose and a.070 I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco s Premier 45:1 ratio or Xtreme Sprayer is recommended with a.421 to a.641 tip size and a hopper feed. Remove any in-line filters. Plural Component: During hot conditions in the field, or large area projects, plural component equipment, such as Graco s Xtreme Mix, is strongly recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core. The following minimum times are based on a 20 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Final Temperature To Touch To Recoat Cure 60 F 24 hrs. 48 hrs. 14 days 70 F 12 hrs. 24 hrs. 7 day 80 F 6 hrs. 12 hrs. 4 days 90 F 3 hr. 6 hrs. 2 days Surface Temperature Time 50 F 5 days 75 F 48 hours 90 F 24 hours If the maximum recoat time is exceeded, the coating should be sweep blasted with fine aggregate to roughen the surface. Cleanup with Reducer 3 or MEK. Much of the information listed on this data sheet is for general guideline purposes. For specific projects, refer to the specification for detailed instructions. If a specification is not available, contact your U.S. Coatings Representative. Rev. 6/16/15 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS. OSHA CLASS IIIA LIQUIDS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of 2

150 GripLine 6520 Novolac Tank Lining Features Excellent solvent and chemical resistance 100% solids Semi-gloss finish Zero VOC Excellent build on edges Ambient temperature cure Low odor Easy to apply Typical Uses GripLine 6520 is used as a tank lining or maintenance coating for highly corrosive environments. Used to line steel and concrete tanks and coat structural steel for offshore platforms, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills, and other areas as recommended. Physical Data Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 200 F Non-continuous 250 F Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 100% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1604 sq. ft. Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 0 lbs./gal. Resistance GripLine 6520 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric and immersion exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection. For specific immersion recommendation, contact U.S. Coatings Technical Service department. Splash & Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes Acidic Excellent Excellent Excellent Alkaline Excellent Excellent Excellent Solvents Excellent Excellent Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent Excellent Crude Oil Excellent Excellent Excellent Sour Crude Excellent Excellent Excellent Gasoline Excellent Excellent Excellent Diesel Fuel Excellent Excellent Excellent Film Thickness (per coat) Dry film thickness: 20 to 80 mils Wet film thickness: 20 to 80 mils Theoretical coverage: 80 sq. 20 mils DFT Note: The film thickness will vary with the intended service. Substrates GripLine 6520 is applied directly to steel as recommended. Use EpoxyGrip 2078 Primer when applying to concrete. Topcoats GripLine 6520 is normally not topcoated. Colors GripLine 6520 is available in brick red and medium gray. Normally the red is used to provide color contrast with a blasted steel surface. Shipping Data Packaging unit 3 gal. 15 gal. Base 2 gal. 10 gal. Converter 1 gal. 5 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) GripLine gal. 15 gal. 40 lbs. 200 lbs. Reducer #5 1 gal. 5 gal. 8 lbs. 40 lbs.. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Base above 200 F Converter above 200 F Reducer 5-4 F Shelf Life: 3 years for both the base and the converter when stored inside at 40 F to 110 F. COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS 150 Page 1 of 2

151 151 GripLine 6520 Surface Preparation Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Test for chlorides. Steel: Immersion Service: Abrasive blast to a White Metal cleanliness according to SSPC-SP 5 to achieve mil anchor profile. Concrete: High Pressure Water Blast or Abrasive Blast to remove any surface laitance, loose concrete, curing agents or any contaminants that could affect adhesion. Non-immersion Service: Abrasive blast to Near White Metal cleanliness according to SSPC-SP10 to achieve mil anchor profile. Mixing Power mix the Base component, then blend Converter into the Base and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 3 Gal. Kit 15 Gal. Kit GripLine 6520 Base 2 gallon 10 gallon GripLine 6520 Converter 1 gallon 5 gallon Thinning Do not thin for applications using airless spray. GripLine 6520 may be thinned up to 1 pint/gal. with Reducer 5 for conventional spray. Pot Life Forty-five minutes at 75 F and less at higher temperatures. Pot-life ends by the loss of film build. Contact U.S. Coatings for procedure to extend pot life. Applications Conditions Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50 F 50 F 50 F Maximum 90 F 110 F 110 F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation. Application Equipment Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 I.D. minimum material hose and a.070 I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco s Premier 45:1 ratio or Xtreme Sprayer is recommended with a.421 to a.641 tip size and a hopper feed. Remove any in-line filters. Plural Component: During hot conditions in the field, plural component equipment, such as Graco s Xtreme Mix, is strongly recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core. Drying Time The following minimum times are based on a 20 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Final Temperature To Touch To Recoat Cure 60 F 24 hrs. 48 hrs. 14 days 70 F 12 hrs. 24 hrs. 7 day 80 F 6 hrs. 12 hrs. 4 days 90 F 3 hr. 6 hrs. 2 days Maximum Recoat Surface Temperature Time 50 F 5 days 75 F 48 hours 90 F 24 hours If the maximum recoat time is exceeded, the coating should be sweep blasted with fine aggregate to roughen the surface. Cleanup Cleanup with Reducer 3 or MEK. NOTE: Much of the information listed on this data sheet is for general guideline purposes. For specific projects, refer to the specification for detailed instructions. If a specification is not available, contact your U.S. Coatings representative. Rev. 2/18/14 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS. OSHA CLASS IIIA LIQUIDS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of Weldon Parkway, St. Louis, MO phone ; fax

152 Flexible Novolac Polysulfide UFGS Specification 100% solids Zero VOC Excellent build on edges Ambient temperature cure Elastomeric Easy to apply GripLine 6575 is a tank lining for Jet fuels. Used to line steel and concrete tanks that contain chemicals and fuels. Flexibility reduces cracking at weld seems in steel tanks and hairline cracks in concrete tanks. Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 200 F Non-continuous 250 F Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 100% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1604 sq. ft. Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 0 lbs./gal. Tensile strength 800 psi Elongation 50% Shore D 30 Adhesion 2000 psi GripLine 6575 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric and immersion exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection. For specific immersion recommendation, contact U.S. Coatings Technical Service department. Splash & Exposure Spillage Acid Very Good Alkaline Excellent Solvents Very Good Salt water Excellent Water Excellent Crude Oil Excellent Sour Crude Excellent Gasoline Very Good Diesel Fuel Excellent Dry film thickness: 8-12 mils Wet film thickness: 8-12 mils Theoretical coverage: 160 sq. 10 mils DFT Note: The film thickness will vary with the intended service. GripLine 6575 is applied directly to steel as recommended. Use EpoxyGrip 2078 Primer when applying to concrete. GripLine 6575 is normally not topcoated. GripLine 6575 is available in white, blue and medium gray. Normally the blue is used to provide color contrast with a blasted steel surface. Packaging unit 2 gal. 10 gal. Part A 1 gal. 5 gal. Part B 1 gal. 5 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) GripLine gal. 10 gal. 30 lbs. 300 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Part A above 200 F Part B above 200 F Shelf Life: 1 year for both the base and the converter when stored inside at 40 F to 110 F. 152 Page 1 of 2

153 153 Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Test for chlorides. Steel: Immersion Service: Abrasive blast to a White Metal cleanliness according to SSPC-SP 5 to achieve mil anchor profile. Concrete: High Pressure Water Blast or Abrasive Blast to remove any surface laitance, loose concrete, curing agents or any contaminants that could affect adhesion. Non-immersion Service: Abrasive blast to Near White Metal cleanliness according to SSPC-SP10 to achieve mil anchor profile. Power mix the Part A and Part B components, then blend together and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 2 Gal. Kit 10 Gal. Kit GripLine 6575 Part A 1 gallon 5 gallon GripLine 6575 Part B 1 gallon 5 gallon Do not thin for applications using airless spray. Thirty minutes at 75 F and less at higher temperatures. Pot-life ends by increase in viscosity. Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50 F 50 F 50 F Maximum 90 F 110 F 110 F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation. Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 I.D. minimum material hose and a.070 I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco s Premier 45:1 ratio or Xtreme Sprayer is recommended with a.421 to a.641 tip size and a hopper feed. Remove any in-line filters. Plural Component: During hot conditions in the field, plural component equipment, such as Graco s Xtreme Mix, is strongly recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core. The following minimum times are based on a 10 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Temperature To Touch/ Recoat Final Cure 60 F 48 hrs. 28 days 70 F 24 hrs. 21 day 80 F 12 hrs. 14 days 90 F 6 hrs. 10 days Surface Temperature Time 50 F 5 days 75 F 48 hours 90 F 24 hours If the maximum recoat time is exceeded, the coating should be sweep blasted with fine aggregate to roughen the surface. Cleanup with Reducer 3 or MEK. Much of the information listed on this data sheet is for general guideline purposes. For specific projects, refer to the specification for detailed instructions. If a specification is not available, contact your U.S. Coatings representative. Rev. 12/10/14 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS. OSHA CLASS IIIA LIQUIDS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of 2

154 GripLine 6575 Caulk Novolac Polysulfide Caulk Features Flexible Novolac Polysulfide Caulk 99% solids Very Low VOC Elastomeric Low odor Easy to Apply Ambient temperature cure Thickness per Mixed Gallon Thickness Coverage ½ inch 38 linear ft. 1 inch 19 linear ft. 2 inches 9 linear ft. Substrates GripLine 6575 can be applied directly to steel as recommended EpoxyGrip 2078 can be used as a primer to enhance adhesion to concrete. Typical Uses GripLine 6575 is used as a caulk to seal cracks in various substrates. Physical Data Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 200 F Non-continuous 250 F Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 99% Volatile Organic Content 0.11 lbs./gal. Mixed consistency Caulk Shrinkage <0.05% Bond Strength to concrete >concrete Shore D Hardness 30 Tensile Strength 800 psi Resistance GripLine 6575 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric and immersion exposures. T he following is a guide to the proper selection. For specific immersion recommendation, contact U.S. Coatings Technical Service department. Splash & Exposure Spillage Acidic Very Good Alkaline Excellent Solvents Very Good Salt water Excellent Water Excellent Crude Oil Excellent Sour Crude Excellent Gasoline Very Good Diesel Fuel Excellent Topcoats GripLine 6575 is normally not topcoated. Colors GripLine 6575 is available in gray. Shipping Data Packaging unit 2 gal. 10 gal. Part A 1 gal. 5 gal. Part B 1 gal. 5 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) GripLine gal. 10 gal. 25 lbs. 250 lbs.. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Part A above 200 F Part B above 200 F Shelf Life: 1 year for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40 F to 110 F. Surface Preparation Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP 1. Test for chlorides. Steel: Abrasive blast to a White Metal cleanliness according to SSPC-SP 5 to achieve mil anchor profile. Concrete: High Pressure Water Blast or Abrasive Blast to remove any surface laitance, loose concrete, curing agents or any contaminants that could affect adhesion. Mixing Mix the Part A component, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until uniform at the following ratio. GripLine 6575 Caulk Part A GripLine 6575 Caulk Part B 2.0 Cu. Ft. Kit 1 gallon 1 gallon COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS 154 Page 1 of 2

155 155 GripLine 6575 Caulk Do not thin. Thinning Pot Life 2 hours at 75 F and less at higher temperatures. Applications Conditions Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50 F 50 F 50 F Maximum 90 F 110 F 110 F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation. Application Equipment After the caulk is applied onto the surface to the desired thickness, level out the mixture and finish the surface with a steel trowel. Drying Time The following minimum times are based on a thickness of ½ inch. Surface Final Temperature Initial Set Cure 60 F 24 hrs. 14 days 80 F 12 hrs. 7 days Cleanup Cleanup with Reducer 3 or MEK. NOTE: Much of the information listed on this data sheet is for general guideline purposes. For specific projects, refer to the specification for detailed instructions. If a specification is not available, contact your U.S. Coatings representative. Rev. 9/13/16 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS. OSHA CLASS IIIA LIQUIDS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANT Y: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of 2 phone ; fax St. Louis, MO

156 GripLine 6700 High Solids Novolac Epoxy Tank Lining Features Coating under insulation Temperature resistance to 450 F Resists boiling water Excellent thermal shock resistance Semi-gloss finish VOC compliant High solids formulation Excellent build on edges Ambient temperature cure Blush resistant during cure Easy to apply Typical Uses GripLine 6700 is used as a tank lining, under insulation or maintenance coating for highly corrosive environments. Used to line steel tanks and to coat structural steel for offshore platforms, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills, and other areas as recommended. When used under insulation GripLine 6700 offers outstanding resistance to wet & dry cycling at high (450 F) temperatures. Physical Data Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060) 1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss CS 17 wheel 60 mg Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794) Direct impact 80 in-lbs. Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) 3913 psi Temperature resistance (non-immersion)* Continuous 425 F Non-continuous 450 F *Discoloration and loss of gloss may occur above 250 F Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 80%+1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1283 sq. ft. Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 0.8 lbs./gal. Reducer 1 pint/gal. 0.8 lbs./gal. Reducer 1 pint/gal. 1.6 lbs./gal. Reducer 2 pints/gal 2.2 lbs./gal Film Thickness (per coat) Dry film thickness: 8 to 10 mils Wet film thickness: 10 to 12 mils Theoretical coverage: 160 sq. 8 mils DFT. Substrates GripLine 6700 is applied directly to steel as recommended. Topcoats GripLine 6700 is normally topcoated with itself and does not require additional topcoats. Colors GripLine 6700 is available in white and medium gray. Normally the white is used as the primer to provide color contrast with the steel surface and gray topcoat. Shipping Data Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal. Base 0.89 gal gal. Converter 0.11 gal 0.55 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 12 lbs. 60 lbs. 1 gal. 5 gal. Reducer 5 12 lbs. 60 lbs. Reducer 3 9 lbs. 45 lbs. Reducer 7 9 lbs. 45 lbs.. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Base 0 F Converter Above 200 F Reducer 3 78 F Reducer F Reducer 5-4 F Shelf Life: 3 years for both the base and the converter when stored inside at 40 F to 110 F. Resistance GripLine 6700 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric and immersion exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes Acidic Excellent Excellent Excellent Alkaline Excellent Excellent Excellent Solvents Good Excellent Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent Excellent COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS 156 Page 1 of 2

157 157 GripLine 6700 Surface Preparation Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Steel: Immersion Service: Abrasive blast to a White Metal cleanliness according to SSPC-SP 5 to achieve mil anchor profile. Non-immersion Service: Abrasive blast to Near White Metal cleanliness according to SSPC-SP10 to achieve mil anchor profile Mixing Power mix the Base component, then blend Converter into the Base and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 1 Gal. Kit 5 Gal. Kit GripLine 6700 Base.89 gallon 4.45 gallon GripLine 6700 Converter.11 gallon 0.55 gallon Thinning GripLine 6700 may be thinned up to 1 pint/gal. with Reducer 8 for VOC requirements. For normal application Reducer 3 is recommended. For application to a hot surface Reducer 7 is recommended. Pot Life Four hours at 75 and less at higher temperatures. Pot-life ends by the loss of film build. Applications Conditions Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50 F 50 F 50 Maximum 90 F 110 F 110 F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation. Application Equipment Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 I.D. minimum material hose and a.070 I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a.017 to.021 tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core. Drying Time The following minimum times are based on a 10 mils DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Final Temperature To Touch To Recoat Cure 60 F 16 hrs. 48 hrs. 14 days 75 F 8 hrs. 24 hrs. 7 day 90 F 4 hrs. 12 hrs. 4 days Maximum Recoat Surface Temperature Days 60 F F 7 80 F 4 90 F 1 If the maximum recoat time is exceeded, the coating should be sweep blasted with fine aggregate to roughen the surface. Cleanup Cleanup with Reducer 8 or acetone. Rev. 1/31/14 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of Weldon Parkway, St. Louis, MO phone ; fax

158 Features Meets FDA 21CFR for direct food contact One coat application CUI (Coating Under Insulation) Temperature resistance to 450 F Resists boiling water Excellent thermal shock resistance Semi-gloss finish VOC compliant High solids/high build formulation Excellent build on edges Ambient temperature cure Blush resistant during cure Easy to apply GripLine 6700 HB is used as a tank lining, under insulation or maintenance coating for highly corrosive environments. Used to line steel tanks and to coat structural steel for offshore platforms, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills, and other areas as recommended. When used under insulation GripLine 6700 HB offers outstanding resistance to wet & dry cycling at high (450 F) temperatures. Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060) 1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss CS 17 wheel 60 mg Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794) Direct impact 80 in-lbs. Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) 3913 psi Temperature resistance (non-immersion)* Continuous 425 F Non-continuous 450 F *Discoloration and loss of gloss may occur above 250 F Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 80%+1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1283 sq. ft. Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 0.8 lbs./gal. Reducer 1 pint/gal. 0.8 lbs./gal. Reducer 2 pints/gal 2.2 lbs./gal Dry film thickness: 16 to 20 mils Wet film thickness: 20 to 25 mils Theoretical coverage: 64 sq. 20 mils DFT. GripLine 6700 HB is applied directly to steel as recommended. GripLine 6700 HB is normally topcoated with itself and does not require additional topcoats. GripLine 6700 HB is available in white and medium gray. Normally the white is used as the primer to provide color contrast with the steel surface and gray topcoat. Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal. Base 0.89 gal gal. Converter 0.11 gal 0.55 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 12 lbs. 60 lbs. 1 gal. 5 gal. Reducer 5 12 lbs. 60 lbs. Reducer 7 9 lbs. 45 lbs.. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Base 0 F Converter Above 200 F Reducer F Reducer 5 0 F Shelf Life: 2 years for both the base and the converter when stored inside at 40 F to 110 F. GripLine 6700 HB is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric and immersion exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes Acidic Excellent Excellent Excellent Alkaline Excellent Excellent Excellent Solvents Good Excellent Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent Excellent 158 Page 1 of 2

159 159 Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Steel: Immersion Service: Abrasive blast to a White Metal cleanliness according to SSPC-SP 5 to achieve mil anchor profile. Non-immersion Service: Abrasive blast to Near White Metal cleanliness according to SSPC-SP10 to achieve mil anchor profile Power mix the Base component, then blend Converter into the Base and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 1 Gal. Kit 5 Gal. Kit GripLine 6700 HB Pt A.89 gallon 4.45 gallon GripLine 6700 Pt B.11 gallon 0.55 gallon GripLine 6700 HB may be thinned up to 1 pint/gal. with Reducer 5. For application to a hot surface Reducer 7 is recommended. Reduction of GripLine 6700 HB will reduce the film build. Two hours at 75 and less at higher temperatures. Pot-life ends by the loss of film build. Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50 F 50 F 50 Maximum 90 F 110 F 110 F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5 F above dew point to prevent condensation. Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 I.D. minimum material hose and a.070 I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco s Extreme with a 60:1 ratio and a.017 to.021 tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core. For small areas or touch-up only. The following minimum times are based on a 20 mils DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Final Temperature To Touch To Recoat Cure 60 F 16 hrs. 72 hrs. 14 days 75 F 8 hrs. 36 hrs. 7 day 90 F 4 hrs. 18 hrs. 4 days Elevated temperature final cure will increase the resistance of GripLine of GripLine 6700 HB. For severe or food service, a final cure of 200 F for 12 hours is recommended. Surface Temperature Days 60 F F 7 80 F 4 90 F 1 If the maximum recoat time is exceeded, the coating should be sweep blasted with fine aggregate to roughen the surface. Cleanup with Reducer 5 or acetone. Rev. 7/6/15 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings. Page 2 of 2

160 160 ALKYD & SILOXANE COATINGS ALKYD & SILOX- ANE COATINGS

Carboguard 890 PRODUCT DATA SHEET SELECTION & SPECIFICATION DATA. Generic Type. Cycloaliphatic Amine Epoxy

Carboguard 890 PRODUCT DATA SHEET SELECTION & SPECIFICATION DATA. Generic Type. Cycloaliphatic Amine Epoxy SELECTION & SPECIFICATION DATA Generic Type Description Features Color Finish Primer Cycloaliphatic Amine Epoxy Highly chemical resistant epoxy mastic coating with exceptionally versatile uses in all industrial

More information

Refer to Substrates & Surface Preparation.

Refer to Substrates & Surface Preparation. SELECTION & SPECIFICATION DATA Generic Type Description Features Color Finish Primer Dry Film Thickness Aliphatic Acrylic Polyurethane Thin film, high gloss finish with exceptional weathering performance

More information

Refer to Substrates & Surface Preparation.

Refer to Substrates & Surface Preparation. SELECTION & SPECIFICATION DATA Generic Type Description Features Aliphatic Acrylic Polyurethane High gloss finish with exceptional weathering performance characteristics. Used extensively in virtually

More information

Aliphatic Acrylic-Polyester Polyurethane

Aliphatic Acrylic-Polyester Polyurethane SELECTION & SPECIFICATION DATA Generic Type Description Features Color Finish Primer Dry Film Thickness Aliphatic Acrylic-Polyester Polyurethane High build, low sheen finish that has excellent resistance

More information

Measured in accordance with ASTM D 2697.

Measured in accordance with ASTM D 2697. SELECTION & SPECIFICATION DATA Generic Type Description Features Color Finish Primer Service Temperature Solvent Based Inorganic Zinc Ultra-low VOC member of the Carbozinc family with extraordinary corrosion

More information

Measured in accordance with ASTM D 2697.

Measured in accordance with ASTM D 2697. SELECTION & SPECIFICATION DATA Generic Type Description Features Color Finish Primer Service Temperature Solvent Based Inorganic Zinc Ultra-low VOC member of the Carbozinc family with extraordinary corrosion

More information

CORLAR 2.1 ST SATIN HIGH SOLIDS EPOXY MASTIC (formerly Corlar 25P )

CORLAR 2.1 ST SATIN HIGH SOLIDS EPOXY MASTIC (formerly Corlar 25P ) SATIN HIGH SOLIDS EPOXY MASTIC (formerly Corlar 25P ) Corlar 2.1 ST is a satin gloss, high build epoxy mastic, two-package, VOC conforming product (2.1 lbs/gal) based on DuPont amido amine modified polyamide

More information

Corlar 2.1 PR-P High Solids Productive Epoxy Primer For Use With FG-040, FG-041 or FG-042 Activators

Corlar 2.1 PR-P High Solids Productive Epoxy Primer For Use With FG-040, FG-041 or FG-042 Activators Corlar 2.1 PR-P High Solids Productive Epoxy Primer For Use With FG-040, FG-041 or FG-042 Activators GENERAL DESCRIPTION A high solids, two component, high build, VOC conforming (2.1 lbs./gal.) Low HAPS

More information

Corlar 2.1 PR-P High Solids Productive Epoxy Primer

Corlar 2.1 PR-P High Solids Productive Epoxy Primer Corlar 2.1 PR-P High Solids Productive Epoxy Primer GENERAL DESCRIPTION A high solids, two component, VOC conforming (2.1 lbs./gal.) Low HAPS productive primer based on Axalta modified polyamide epoxy

More information

PRODUCT GUIDE: ZINC-RICH COATINGS. Version:

PRODUCT GUIDE: ZINC-RICH COATINGS. Version: PRODUCT GUIDE: ZINC-RICH COATINGS Version: 08.07.17 305 Zinc Rich Epoxy Polyamide Primer Description: 305 is a user friendly zinc-rich epoxy primer formulated for use as a primer under acrylic, epoxy,

More information

Carboxane 950 Metallic

Carboxane 950 Metallic SELECTION & SPECIFICATION DATA Generic Type Description Features Color Finish Primer Dry Film Thickness Fluorourethane Premium, ultra-durable ambient cured finish meeting performance requirements. 950

More information

GULF COAST PAINT MFG., INC

GULF COAST PAINT MFG., INC MCU-100 PRIMER/FINISH MOISTURE CURED URETHANE ALUMINUM COATING PRODUCT DESCRIPTION A one component, Moisture Cured Polyurethane Aluminum Coating. Has excellent adhesion to sound, tightly adherent rusty

More information

Ganicin 2.8 ZR-E Zinc-Rich Epoxy Primer

Ganicin 2.8 ZR-E Zinc-Rich Epoxy Primer Ganicin 2.8 ZR-E Zinc-Rich Epoxy Primer GENERAL DESCRIPTION A three-package, VOC conforming (2.8 lbs/gal) low HAPS, zinc-rich epoxy primer based on Axalta epoxy amine technology. The resulting organic

More information

Sea~Barrier is the registered trademark of Altex Coatings Limited

Sea~Barrier is the registered trademark of Altex Coatings Limited SELECTION & SPECIFICATION DATA Generic Type Description Carboguard 640 is a high performance, two-component, modified phenalkamine, chemically cured, immersion grade epoxy barrier coating. Carboguard 640

More information

Ganicin 2.8 ZR- U Zinc-Rich Polyurethane Primer

Ganicin 2.8 ZR- U Zinc-Rich Polyurethane Primer Ganicin 2.8 ZR- U Zinc-Rich Polyurethane Primer GENERAL DESCRIPTION A three-package, VOC conforming (2.8 lbs/gal) low HAPS, zinc-rich urethane primer based on Axalta polyurethane technology. The resulting

More information

Corlar 2.8 HG High Solids Epoxy

Corlar 2.8 HG High Solids Epoxy Corlar 2.8 HG High Solids Epoxy GENERAL DESCRIPTION A high build, high solids, two-component, VOC conforming (2.8 lbs./gal.), high gloss epoxy based on Axalta modified polyamide epoxy technology. The resulting

More information

Heresite P-413 TECHNICAL DATA SHEET. P-413 Typical Properties 1 mil DFT) Our 50 years of coating history speaks for itself.

Heresite P-413 TECHNICAL DATA SHEET. P-413 Typical Properties 1 mil DFT) Our 50 years of coating history speaks for itself. Heresite P-413 Our 50 years of coating history speaks for itself. In 1964, Heresite was the first company to apply coatings to aluminum-finned, copper-tubed heat exchangers. The Heresite coating became

More information

Solventless two-component crosslinked epoxy

Solventless two-component crosslinked epoxy SELECTION & SPECIFICATION DATA Generic Type Description Features Color Finish Primer Dry Film Thickness Solventless two-component crosslinked epoxy Solventless, clear, epoxy lining that can be applied

More information

Refer to Substrates & Surface Preparation.

Refer to Substrates & Surface Preparation. SELECTION & SPECIFICATION DATA Generic Type Description Features Colour Aliphatic Acrylic Polyurethane Thin film, high gloss finish with exceptional weathering performance characteristics. Used extensively

More information

NSP SPECIALTY PRODUCTS Technical Data Sheet. NSP 120 High Performance Epoxy Coating

NSP SPECIALTY PRODUCTS Technical Data Sheet. NSP 120 High Performance Epoxy Coating Description: NSP 120, a two component, 100% solids, high build epoxy coating, offers excellent chemical, corrosion and abrasion resistance in severe industrial environments. This extremely versatile product

More information

AMERLOCK 2 AL. PRODUCT DATA SHEET September 12, 2018 (Revision of May 2, 2018) DESCRIPTION. Fast Dry Aluminum Epoxy Mastic Coating

AMERLOCK 2 AL. PRODUCT DATA SHEET September 12, 2018 (Revision of May 2, 2018) DESCRIPTION. Fast Dry Aluminum Epoxy Mastic Coating DESCRIPTION Fast Dry Aluminum Epoxy Mastic Coating PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS Fast drying properties Good drying properties even at low temperatures Low VOC High performance coating for new or old steel

More information

Note: Epoxies will characteristically chalk and fade with exposure to sunlight. Light colors are prone to ambering

Note: Epoxies will characteristically chalk and fade with exposure to sunlight. Light colors are prone to ambering DESCRIPTION Two-component, penetrating epoxy primer sealer PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS Solvent-free Compatible with damp surfaces Wicking action penetrates rusted steel and concrete surfaces Surface tolerant

More information

Solventless, two-component, cross-linked epoxy. Epoxies lose gloss, discolour and eventually chalk in sunlight exposure.

Solventless, two-component, cross-linked epoxy. Epoxies lose gloss, discolour and eventually chalk in sunlight exposure. SELECTION & SPECIFICATION DATA Generic Type Description Features Colour Finish Primer Solventless, two-component, cross-linked epoxy. is a solventless epoxy lining for a variety of cargos including water,

More information

PERFORMANCE, 100% SOLIDS,

PERFORMANCE, 100% SOLIDS, FEATURES Meets all VOC Requirements Can Saturate 1 Ounce Fiberglass Mat Can be Filled with EA-1 Aggregate and Troweled at 1/4. Can be Seeded with Sand or Aluminum Oxide for Anti- Skid. RECOMMENDED APPLICATIONS

More information

Zinc Silicate (Inorganic)

Zinc Silicate (Inorganic) Product code: 477-041: part A 477-042: part B General description: Two-component, zinc-ethyl silicate-. Forms a continuous coat of metallic zinc that provides cathodic protection to metal (as in hot galvanization).

More information

Sanitile 945 SL PRODUCT DATA SHEET SELECTION & SPECIFICATION DATA. Generic Type. 100% solids epoxy

Sanitile 945 SL PRODUCT DATA SHEET SELECTION & SPECIFICATION DATA. Generic Type. 100% solids epoxy SELECTION & SPECIFICATION DATA Generic Type Description Features 100% solids epoxy Sanitile 945 SL is a 100% solids, high performance, epoxy coating designed for concrete. Sanitile 945 SL is a selfleveling

More information

PROTECTO-COAT EPG EPOXY PHENOLIC GLASS FLAKE COATING

PROTECTO-COAT EPG EPOXY PHENOLIC GLASS FLAKE COATING FEATURES Self Priming RECOMMENDED APPLICATIONS PHYSICAL PROPERTIES Volume Solids 65% VOC-Thinned 5% 2.95 lbs./gal. VOC-Un-thinned 2.70 lbs./gal. Interior tank lining Acid areas for maximum protection from

More information

SIGMAZINC 158. PRODUCT DATA SHEET January 7, 2015 (Revision of December 15, 2014) DESCRIPTION

SIGMAZINC 158. PRODUCT DATA SHEET January 7, 2015 (Revision of December 15, 2014) DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION Two-component, moisture-curing zinc (ethyl) silicate primer PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS Certificate for ASTM A-490 class 'B' for slip coefficient Complies with the compositional requirements

More information

20-30 mils ( microns) per coat mils ( microns) in two or more coats

20-30 mils ( microns) per coat mils ( microns) in two or more coats SELECTION & SPECIFICATION DATA Generic Type Description Features Color Primer Dry Film Thickness Coverage Rate VOC Values Dry Temp. Resistance Topcoats Density Vinyl ester Plasite 4310 is a vinyl ester

More information

DIMETCOTE 9 VOC. PRODUCT DATA SHEET July 12, 2016 (Revision of August 7, 2015) DESCRIPTION. Inorganic Zinc Silicate Primer PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS

DIMETCOTE 9 VOC. PRODUCT DATA SHEET July 12, 2016 (Revision of August 7, 2015) DESCRIPTION. Inorganic Zinc Silicate Primer PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS DESCRIPTION Inorganic Zinc Silicate Primer PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS High level of zinc in dry film VOC compliant for

More information

AMERSHIELD VOC. PRODUCT DATA SHEET April 20, 2015 DESCRIPTION. Low VOC Polyester Acrylic Polyurethane PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS

AMERSHIELD VOC. PRODUCT DATA SHEET April 20, 2015 DESCRIPTION. Low VOC Polyester Acrylic Polyurethane PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS DESCRIPTION Low VOC Polyester Acrylic Polyurethane PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS Unique, high-solids, high build coating Outstanding weather resistance with excellent color and gloss retention Tough, flexible

More information

Corlar LV PR 178 Series Epoxy Primer

Corlar LV PR 178 Series Epoxy Primer Corlar LV PR 178 Series Epoxy Primer GENERAL DESCRIPTION A two-component very low VOC corrosion-resistant epoxy primer designed to be extremely tough and durable. When properly activated, the combined

More information

Marine: Exterior and interior areas, including outside hulls, superstructures, decks, cargo holds and water ballast tanks.

Marine: Exterior and interior areas, including outside hulls, superstructures, decks, cargo holds and water ballast tanks. 478;479;4060 1,2 478 epoxy VValidationDate). 1 Product description This is a two component amine cured pure epoxy coating. It is a fast drying, abrasion resistant, high solids, high build product. Designed

More information

SIGMAZINC 158. Revision of September 2008 DESCRIPTION. two component moisture curing zinc (ethyl) silicate primer PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS

SIGMAZINC 158. Revision of September 2008 DESCRIPTION. two component moisture curing zinc (ethyl) silicate primer PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS 5 pages Revision of September 2008 DESCRIPTION PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS COLOURS AND GLOSS BASIC DATA AT 20 C Mass density Volume solids VOC (supplied) Recommended dry film thickness Theoretical spreading

More information

SECTION A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):

SECTION A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): hp.seal-krete.com 306 Gandy Rd., Auburndale, FL 33823-2723 863.967.1535 800.323.7357 fax: 863-965.2326 Seal-Krete High Performance Poly-Shell 7000 Color System GUIDE SPECIFICATION SECTION 09725 PART 1

More information

Property Test/Standard Description. calculated US EPA method 24 (tested) (CARB(SCM)2007, SCAQMD rule 1113, Hong Kong)

Property Test/Standard Description. calculated US EPA method 24 (tested) (CARB(SCM)2007, SCAQMD rule 1113, Hong Kong) Approved 23680;1551 1,2 23680 epoxy mastic ^(ValidationDate) 1 Product description This is a two component amine cured epoxy mastic coating. It is a surface tolerant, high solids product. It is aluminum

More information

SECTION A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):

SECTION A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): hp.seal-krete.com 306 Gandy Rd., Auburndale, FL 33823-2723 800.323.7357 863.967.1535 fax:863-965.2326 Seal-Krete High Performance Epoxy Metallic System GUIDE SPECIFICATION SECTION 09725 PART 1 GENERAL

More information

SECTION A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):

SECTION A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): hp.seal-krete.com 306 Gandy Rd., Auburndale, FL 33823-2723 800.323.7357 863.967.1535 fax:863-965.2326 Seal-Krete Vapor-Shell GUIDE SPECIFICATION SECTION 09725 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Provisions

More information

AMERLOCK 2 / SIGMACOVER 2

AMERLOCK 2 / SIGMACOVER 2 DESCRIPTION Two-component, high solids epoxy coating PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS Low-temperature curing down to 0 C (32 F) High performance self priming universal epoxy High solids, low VOC Surface tolerant

More information

DIMETCOTE 9 / SIGMAZINC 9

DIMETCOTE 9 / SIGMAZINC 9 DESCRIPTION Two-component, moisture-curing zinc (ethyl) silicate coating PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS Anticorrosive primer for structural steel High zinc content resulting in excellent corrosion protection

More information

Approved. Property Test/Standard Description STANDARD GRADE. semi gloss (35-70) Flash point ISO 3679 Method 1

Approved. Property Test/Standard Description STANDARD GRADE. semi gloss (35-70) Flash point ISO 3679 Method 1 Approved 4860;523;527;1549 1,2 523 epoxy mastic ^(ValidationDate) 1 Product description This is a two component polyamine cured epoxy mastic coating. It is a surface tolerant, high solids, high build product.

More information

Hardener: at least 24 months when stored cool and dry

Hardener: at least 24 months when stored cool and dry DESCRIPTION Two-component, engineered siloxane coating PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS Unique, high gloss, engineered siloxane Virtually HAPs free, ultra-low VOC High durability in challenging environments Tough

More information

Property Test/Standard Description. US EPA method 24 (tested) (CARB(SCM)2007, SCAQMD rule 1113, Hong Kong)

Property Test/Standard Description. US EPA method 24 (tested) (CARB(SCM)2007, SCAQMD rule 1113, Hong Kong) Approved 2401;3440 1,2 3440 epoxy ^(ValidationDate) 1 Product description This is a two component amine cured epoxy coating. It is a fast drying, micaceous iron oxide (MIO) pigmented, high solids, high

More information

SECTION A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):

SECTION A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): hp.seal-krete.com 306 Gandy Rd., Auburndale, FL 33823-2723 800.323.7357 863.967.1535 fax:863-965.2326 Seal-Krete High Performance Epoxy-Shell 1000 Color System GUIDE SPECIFICATION SECTION 09725 PART 1

More information

SECTION High Performance Coatings Field Applied Acrylic Urethanes (Solid Color, Pearl and Metallic Finishes)

SECTION High Performance Coatings Field Applied Acrylic Urethanes (Solid Color, Pearl and Metallic Finishes) - 1 - SECTION 099600 High Performance Coatings Field Applied Acrylic Urethanes (Solid Color, Pearl and Metallic Finishes) PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Systems for field applied acrylic urethane

More information

Property Test/Standard Description. US EPA method 24 (tested) (CARB(SCM)2007, SCAQMD rule 1113, Hong Kong)

Property Test/Standard Description. US EPA method 24 (tested) (CARB(SCM)2007, SCAQMD rule 1113, Hong Kong) Approved 402;2522 1,2 2522 zinc epoxy ^(ValidationDate) 1 Product description This is a two component polyamide cured zinc rich epoxy coating. It is a high zinc dust containing product. It conforms to

More information

Property Test/Standard Description. US EPA method 24 (tested) (CARB(SCM)2007, SCAQMD rule 1113, Hong Kong)

Property Test/Standard Description. US EPA method 24 (tested) (CARB(SCM)2007, SCAQMD rule 1113, Hong Kong) Approved 16561;16840;18880 1,2 18880 epoxy mastic ^(ValidationDate) 1 Product description This is a two component polyamine cured epoxy mastic coating. It is a surface tolerant, abrasion resistance, high

More information

CARBOLINE HEMPEL INTERNATIONAL JOTUN

CARBOLINE HEMPEL INTERNATIONAL JOTUN Painting Paul Wurth Paint System Types FOR 519E Appendices APPENDICES 1 to 4 SUPPLIER S DOCUMENTATION * provided by CARBOLINE HEMPEL INTERNATIONAL JOTUN * also consult paint suppliers Internet home pages

More information

Property Test/Standard Description. matt (0-35) Flash point ISO 3679 Method 1

Property Test/Standard Description. matt (0-35) Flash point ISO 3679 Method 1 7461;7680 1 7680 zinc silicate VValidationDate). 1 Product description This is a two component polyamide cured zinc rich epoxy coating. It is a high solids, high zinc dust containing product. It conforms

More information

Seal- Krete High Performance System

Seal- Krete High Performance System hp.seal-krete.com Rust-Oleum - 11 Hawthorn Parkway, Vernon Hills, IL 800.323.7357 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES Seal- Krete High Performance Poly- Shell 70007 System GUIDE SPECIFICATION SECTION

More information

Property Test/Standard Description. matt (0-35) Flash point ISO 3679 Method 1 30 C calculated VOC-USA / VOC Hong Kong EPA Method 24

Property Test/Standard Description. matt (0-35) Flash point ISO 3679 Method 1 30 C calculated VOC-USA / VOC Hong Kong EPA Method 24 Other Technical Data Sheet 27800;27801 1 27800 VValidationDate). 1 Product description This is a two component amine cured pure epoxy coating. It is a fast drying, high solids, high build product. It provides

More information

Tested in accordance with ISO , high expected durability in corrosivity category C5-I. Property Test/Standard Description

Tested in accordance with ISO , high expected durability in corrosivity category C5-I. Property Test/Standard Description Approved 7461;7680 1,2 7680 zinc epoxy ^(ValidationDate) 1 Product description This is a two component polyamide cured zinc rich epoxy coating. It is a high solids, high zinc dust containing product. It

More information

Property Test/Standard Description. matt (0-35) Flash point ISO 3679 Method 1

Property Test/Standard Description. matt (0-35) Flash point ISO 3679 Method 1 2401;3440 1 3440 epoxy VValidationDate). 1 Product description This is a two component amine cured epoxy coating. It is a fast drying, micaceous iron oxide (MIO) pigmented, high solids, high build product.

More information

SECTION A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):

SECTION A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): hp.seal-krete.com 306 Gandy Rd., Auburndale, FL 33823-2723 863.967.1535 800.323.7357 fax: 863-965.2326 Seal-Krete High Performance Poly-Shell 7000 Single Quartz Broadcast System GUIDE SPECIFICATION SECTION

More information

Property Test/Standard Description. calculated US EPA method 24 (tested) (CARB(SCM)2007, SCAQMD rule 1113, Hong Kong)

Property Test/Standard Description. calculated US EPA method 24 (tested) (CARB(SCM)2007, SCAQMD rule 1113, Hong Kong) Approved 2124;7720 1,2 7720 zinc epoxy ^(ValidationDate) 1 Product description This is a two component polyamide cured zinc epoxy coating. It provides corrosion protection as part of a complete coating

More information

Approved. Property Test/Standard Description. matt (0-35) Flash point ISO 3679 Method F (30 C) calculated VOC-US/Hong Kong

Approved. Property Test/Standard Description. matt (0-35) Flash point ISO 3679 Method F (30 C) calculated VOC-US/Hong Kong Approved 15360;15380 1,2 15360 epoxy ^(ValidationDate) 1 Product description This is a two component polyamine cured pure epoxy coating. It is a fast drying, abrasion resistant, high solids, high build

More information

PROTECTO-COAT 900/905

PROTECTO-COAT 900/905 FEATURES Excellent Chemical Resistance Conductive Version Available Low Permeability RECOMMENDED APPLICATIONS Structural Steel Water Storage Towers Plating Lines, Exterior Pickling Lines, Exterior Underground

More information

A/D Firefilm III PRODUCT DATA SHEET

A/D Firefilm III PRODUCT DATA SHEET SELECTION & SPECIFICATION DATA Generic Type Description Features Color Finish Primer A single package, water based intumescent coating designed for the fire protection of interior structural steel. A/D

More information

Pre-qualification testing in accordance with NORSOK M-501, Rev. 3, System 7, suitable for splash zone. Property Test/Standard Description

Pre-qualification testing in accordance with NORSOK M-501, Rev. 3, System 7, suitable for splash zone. Property Test/Standard Description Other Technical Data Sheet 574;576 1,2 574 epoxy VValidationDate). 1 Product description This is a two component polyamine cured epoxy coating. It is a high solids, high build, glass flake reinforced product.

More information

Rust-Oleum Industrial Brands Specification

Rust-Oleum Industrial Brands Specification Rust-Oleum Industrial Brands Specification Coating Specification for Rust-Oleum Virtual Solutions Coating Solution 65 A solvent based coating system High Performance 9100 System 100 VOC DTM Epoxy Mastic

More information

SIGMAZINC 160. Revision of March 2007 DESCRIPTION. two component moisture curing inorganic zinc (ethyl) silicate primer PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS

SIGMAZINC 160. Revision of March 2007 DESCRIPTION. two component moisture curing inorganic zinc (ethyl) silicate primer PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS 5 pages Revision of March 2007 DESCRIPTION PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS COLOURS AND GLOSS BASIC DATA AT 20 C Mass density Volume solids VOC (supplied) Recommended dry film thickness Theoretical spreading

More information

Coating Types. Coating Systems. Coating Basics. Why coatings are used Component of coatings Methods of protection Service environment

Coating Types. Coating Systems. Coating Basics. Why coatings are used Component of coatings Methods of protection Service environment Coating Basics Why coatings are used Component of coatings Methods of protection Service environment Coating types Curing mechanism Design characteristics Limitations Suitable Use Coating Systems Coating

More information

9100 SYSTEM DTM EPOXY MASTIC

9100 SYSTEM DTM EPOXY MASTIC EPOXY TECHNICAL DATA RO-138 9100 SYSTEM DTM EPOXY MASTIC.DESCRIPTION AND USES. The 9100 System DTM Epoxy Mastic is a two-component, high solids epoxy coating for use in moderate to severe environments.

More information

HIGH PERFORMANCE 9100 SYSTEM DTM EPOXY MASTIC

HIGH PERFORMANCE 9100 SYSTEM DTM EPOXY MASTIC DESCRIPTION AND USES The 9100 System DTM Epoxy Mastic is a two-component, high solids epoxy coating for use in moderate to severe environments. It is specifically designed for application directly on sound

More information

Imron 1.5 PR Waterborne Polyurethane Primer

Imron 1.5 PR Waterborne Polyurethane Primer Imron 1.5 PR Waterborne Polyurethane Primer GENERAL DESCRIPTION An isocyanate-free, single component, VOC conforming (1.5 lbs/gal), zero HAPs primer based on unique Axalta waterborne polyurethane copolymer

More information

Rust-Oleum Industrial Brands Specification

Rust-Oleum Industrial Brands Specification Rust-Oleum Industrial Brands Specification Coating Specification for Rust-Oleum Virtual Solutions Coating Solution 2 A solvent based coating system High Performance 9100/9800 System DTM Epoxy Mastic/DTM

More information

Property Test/Standard Description

Property Test/Standard Description Other Technical Data Sheet 24100;24120;26200 1 24100 VValidationDate). 1 Product description This is a two component, anticorrosive water borne epoxy coating. It is a versatile, fast drying product containing

More information

TL-280 Sprayable Flake Glass Vinyl Ester Lining System

TL-280 Sprayable Flake Glass Vinyl Ester Lining System TL-280 Sprayable Flake Glass Vinyl Ester Lining System PRODUCT DESCRIPTION TL-280 is a high performance, flake glass vinyl ester lining system, utilizing carefully selected and sized glass flake reinforcement

More information

Approved. Property Test/Standard Description. matt (0-35) Flash point ISO 3679 Method F (29 C) calculated VOC-US/Hong Kong

Approved. Property Test/Standard Description. matt (0-35) Flash point ISO 3679 Method F (29 C) calculated VOC-US/Hong Kong Approved 20940;16620 1 20940 epoxy ^(ValidationDate) 1 Product description This is a two component amine cured epoxy coating. It is a fast drying, micaceous iron oxide (MIO) pigmented, high solids, high

More information

PROTECTO-COAT 900/905

PROTECTO-COAT 900/905 FEATURES Excellent Chemical Resistance Conductive Version Available Low Permeability RECOMMENDED APPLICATIONS Structural Steel Water Storage Towers Plating Lines, Exterior Pickling Lines, Exterior Underground

More information

PROTECTO-COAT 800/805

PROTECTO-COAT 800/805 FEATURES State of Florida: Secondary Containment Approval EQ-510 FDA Compliant (800) Conductive Version Available Low Permeability RECOMMENDED APPLICATIONS Structural Steel Water Storage Towers Plating

More information

STERI-FLAKE 470 HYBRID ESTER POLYMER, LIGHT-MEDIUM TRAFFIC, FLAKE FILLED FLOOR SYSTEM LOW ODOR MMA ALTERNATIVE FEATURES

STERI-FLAKE 470 HYBRID ESTER POLYMER, LIGHT-MEDIUM TRAFFIC, FLAKE FILLED FLOOR SYSTEM LOW ODOR MMA ALTERNATIVE FEATURES FEATURES Low Odor & VOC Very Fast Cure Unique Multi Colored Patterns Tough, Durable & Seamless Floor Good UV Stability Protects Substrate from Chemical or Physical Attack Integral Cove, Base and Curb (optional)

More information

TECHNICAL DATA SHEET

TECHNICAL DATA SHEET Page 1of 5 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION PROPERTIES COLOUR GLOSS LEVEL WEATHERING UT100 2-Pack topcoat is an unmodified acrylic polyurethane designed to maintain maximum appearance for the maximum length of time.

More information

Approved. Property Test/Standard Description. matt (0-35) Flash point ISO 3679 Method F (29 C) calculated VOC-US/Hong Kong

Approved. Property Test/Standard Description. matt (0-35) Flash point ISO 3679 Method F (29 C) calculated VOC-US/Hong Kong Approved 20920;16620 1 20920 epoxy ^(ValidationDate) 1 Product description This is a two component amine cured epoxy coating. It is a fast drying, zinc phosphate pigmented, high solids, high build product.

More information

PU Anti Graffiti Polyurethane Finish

PU Anti Graffiti Polyurethane Finish PRODUCT DESCRIPTION A two pack, aliphatic anti graffiti acrylic polyurethane INTENDED USES Used as a highly durable finish coat with excellent obliteration properties for exterior of tanks, equipment,

More information

Approved. Property Test/Standard Description. matt (0-35) Flash point ISO 3679 Method F (33 C) calculated VOC-US/Hong Kong

Approved. Property Test/Standard Description. matt (0-35) Flash point ISO 3679 Method F (33 C) calculated VOC-US/Hong Kong Approved 24760;24700 1 24760 epoxy ^(ValidationDate) 1 Product description This is a two component amine cured epoxy coating. This product is LEED compliant and contains no solvents on the Hazardous Air

More information

Product Information CHEMGLAZE B 9942 A/B. Coating for Casting Pits. Easy Application Chemglaze B 9942 A/B will bond to damp and wet surfaces.

Product Information CHEMGLAZE B 9942 A/B. Coating for Casting Pits. Easy Application Chemglaze B 9942 A/B will bond to damp and wet surfaces. Product Information Chemical Products Division CHEMGLAZE B 9942 A/B Coating for Casting Pits. FEATURES BENEFITS. Easy Application Chemglaze B 9942 A/B will bond to damp and wet surfaces. Will build to

More information

Rust-Oleum Industrial Brands Specification

Rust-Oleum Industrial Brands Specification Rust-Oleum Industrial Brands Specification Coating Specification for Rust-Oleum Virtual Solutions Coating Solution 14 A 100% solids epoxy coating system Concrete Saver 6500 System 100% Solids Epoxy For

More information

Property Test/Standard Description. matt (0-35) Flash point ISO 3679 Method F (28 C) VOC-USA / VOC Hong Kong EPA Method 24

Property Test/Standard Description. matt (0-35) Flash point ISO 3679 Method F (28 C) VOC-USA / VOC Hong Kong EPA Method 24 1505;1506 1 1505 novolac epoxy VValidationDate). 1 Product description This is a two component polyamine cured novolac epoxy coating. It is heat resistant up to 392 F (200 C) and can be applied on hot

More information

35-45 mils ( microns) total thickness. As Supplied : 0.50 lbs/gal (60 g/l) Plasite Thinner #20 : Thinned 5% by volume 0.78 lbs/gal (93 g/l)

35-45 mils ( microns) total thickness. As Supplied : 0.50 lbs/gal (60 g/l) Plasite Thinner #20 : Thinned 5% by volume 0.78 lbs/gal (93 g/l) SELECTION & SPECIFICATION DATA Generic Type Description Color Finish Primer Dry Film Thickness Coverage Rate VOC Values Dry Temp. Resistance Topcoats Density Vinyl ester Vinyl ester resin combined with

More information

Imron Reduced Gloss Polyurethane Topcoat (RM, RA, RF Quality)

Imron Reduced Gloss Polyurethane Topcoat (RM, RA, RF Quality) Imron 3.5 + Reduced Gloss Polyurethane Topcoat (RM, RA, RF Quality) GENERAL DESCRIPTION A high solids aliphatic polyurethane enamel available in multiple gloss levels. It may be applied by brush, roll

More information

HEAT-FLEX HI-TEMP 1200 Coating Under Insulation

HEAT-FLEX HI-TEMP 1200 Coating Under Insulation INTRODUCTION Heat-Flex Hi-Temp 1200 is the industries next generation, single component inert multipolymetric matrix coating for use on high temperature steel up to 650ºC (1200ºF) Designed to protect insulated

More information

SECTION A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):

SECTION A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): hp.seal-krete.com 306 Gandy Rd., Auburndale, FL 33823-2723 863.967.1535 800.323.7357 fax: 863-965.2326 Seal-Krete High Performance Poly-Shell 7000 Sparse Flake System GUIDE SPECIFICATION SECTION 09725

More information

Approved. Property Test/Standard Description. matt (0-35) Flash point ISO 3679 Method F (32 C) calculated VOC-US/Hong Kong

Approved. Property Test/Standard Description. matt (0-35) Flash point ISO 3679 Method F (32 C) calculated VOC-US/Hong Kong Approved 2920;2401 1 2920 epoxy ^(ValidationDate) 1 Product description This is a two component amine cured epoxy coating. It is a fast drying, zinc phosphate pigmented, high solids, high build product.

More information

TL-225-NS Teflon Filled, Vinyl Ester Coating & Lining

TL-225-NS Teflon Filled, Vinyl Ester Coating & Lining TL-225-NS Teflon Filled, Vinyl Ester Coating & Lining PRODUCT DESCRIPTION TYPICAL USES APPLICATION METHODS Blome TL-225-NS is a Teflon filled, sprayable vinyl ester tank lining system. TL-225-NS offers

More information

Protective: Recommended for offshore environments, refineries, power plants, bridges, buildings, mining equipment and general structural steel.

Protective: Recommended for offshore environments, refineries, power plants, bridges, buildings, mining equipment and general structural steel. Other Technical Data Sheet 15261;15962;15280 1 15962 epoxy VValidationDate). 1 Product description This is a two component polyamine cured epoxy coating. It is a surface tolerant, high solids product.

More information

Property Test/Standard Description. matt (0-35) Flash point ISO 3679 Method 1 35 C

Property Test/Standard Description. matt (0-35) Flash point ISO 3679 Method 1 35 C Other Technical Data Sheet 13640;13641 1 13640 epoxy VValidationDate). 1 Product description This is a two component polyamine cured epoxy coating. It is an ultra high build, high solids abrasion resistant

More information

Rust-Oleum Industrial Brands Specification

Rust-Oleum Industrial Brands Specification Rust-Oleum Industrial Brands Specification Coating Specification for Rust-Oleum Virtual Solutions Coating Solution 3 A solvent based coating system High Performance 9300/9800 System Extended Recoat Epoxy

More information

mcu ferroguard technology description single component moisture cure urethane coating technology features

mcu ferroguard technology description single component moisture cure urethane coating technology features technology description single component moisture cure urethane coating technology features applies in 6% to 99% humidity applies to damp substrates resistant to moisture within 30min. of application cures

More information

Property Test Method Typical Value

Property Test Method Typical Value Application is a high gloss 100% solid, UV curing, permanent industrial floor coating intended for use on concrete floors. The Kemiko product range is cured using proprietary Quaker UV curing units. is

More information

Coronado Industrial Coatings Old County Road Edgewater, Florida FAX Line. Min Recoat:

Coronado Industrial Coatings Old County Road Edgewater, Florida FAX Line. Min Recoat: Rev. 06/09 Type Sheen Theoretical Spread Rate Amine Adduct Epoxy Touch Dry Time: Gloss 4 Hr. @55 F 2 Hrs. @77 F 1 Hr. @100 F 375 to 475 Sq. Ft. Per Gallon* Min Recoat: Recommended Application Thinner Clean

More information

Easy to apply Nonflammable Low odor Castable Make excellent materials of construction

Easy to apply Nonflammable Low odor Castable Make excellent materials of construction SELECTION & SPECIFICATION DATA Generic Type Description Features Color Primer Application Thickness Dry Film Thickness Typical Uses Polymer Concrete polymer concrete is an excellent alternative to acid

More information

Approved. Marine: Exterior areas, specially designed for outside hull, may be used on superstructure, decks and other external areas.

Approved. Marine: Exterior areas, specially designed for outside hull, may be used on superstructure, decks and other external areas. Approved 1055;1063 1,2 1055 vinyl epoxy ^(ValidationDate) 1 Product description This is a two component polyamide cured vinyl epoxy based coating. Specially designed as a tie coat between epoxy primers

More information

Rust-Oleum Industrial Brands Specification

Rust-Oleum Industrial Brands Specification Rust-Oleum Industrial Brands Specification Coating Specification for Rust-Oleum Virtual Solutions Coating Solution 40 A water based coating system Sierra Performance S40 Water Based Epoxy Floor Coating

More information

Property Test/Standard Description STANDARD GRADE

Property Test/Standard Description STANDARD GRADE Other Technical Data Sheet 4860;523;527;1549 1,2 523 epoxy mastic VValidationDate). 1 Product description This is a two component polyamine cured epoxy mastic coating. It is a surface tolerant, high solids,

More information

ZONE 7 WATER AGENCY CWS 5 TURNOUT REPLACEMENT PROJECT # ADDENDUM NO. 3 April 02, 2019

ZONE 7 WATER AGENCY CWS 5 TURNOUT REPLACEMENT PROJECT # ADDENDUM NO. 3 April 02, 2019 ZONE 7 WATER AGENCY CWS 5 TURNOUT REPLACEMENT PROJECT # 275-18 ADDENDUM NO. 3 April 02, 2019 This Addendum No. 3 ( Addendum ) is dated the date set forth above and modifies certain Bidding Documents issued

More information

POLYMER ALLOY 2000/2000SF 100% SOLIDS, MULTI-FUNCTIONAL SEMI-SELF LEVELING OR SEEDED EPOXY FLOOR TOPPING

POLYMER ALLOY 2000/2000SF 100% SOLIDS, MULTI-FUNCTIONAL SEMI-SELF LEVELING OR SEEDED EPOXY FLOOR TOPPING FEATURES Meets all VOC Requirements Low Odor/Solvent Free Compliant USDA Compliant Semi-Self Leveling to a Hi-Gloss or Satin Finish at 20 Mils Stain Resistant with Good Cleanability. Can be Aggregate Filled

More information

ROCK-IT XC TECHNICAL DATA SHEET

ROCK-IT XC TECHNICAL DATA SHEET ROCK-IT XC TECHNICAL DATA SHEET DESCRIPTION Rock-It XC is a high quality, urethane, textured coating that provides a durable, chemical and fade resistant, protective finish for truck beds, recreational

More information

TT-P-1757B Type I, Class C, Aerosol Zinc Chromate Primer. A one component, alkyd base, corrosion inhibiting zinc chromate primer.

TT-P-1757B Type I, Class C, Aerosol Zinc Chromate Primer. A one component, alkyd base, corrosion inhibiting zinc chromate primer. 941 111313 TT-P-1757B Type I, Class C, Aerosol Zinc Chromate Primer PRODUCT: TT-P-1757B TY.I, CL.C AEROSOL ZINC CHROMATE PRIMER A one component, alkyd base, corrosion inhibiting zinc chromate primer. DESCRIPTION:

More information